Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (508)
  • München BSB  (1)
  • 2010-2014  (429)
  • 1955-1959  (67)
  • 1945-1949  (13)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (509)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Leiden [u.a.] : Brill | Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Berlin ; Heidelberg : Springer ; 1.2001 -
    ISSN: 1875-0214 , 1875-0214
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Dates of Publication: 1.2001 -
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Zutot
    DDC: 296.3805
    Keywords: Kultur ; Judentum ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Online-Publikation ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Online-Publikation ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Online-Publikation ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Online-Ressource ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Zeitschrift ; Judentum ; Kultur ; Zeitschrift ; Online-Publikation
    Note: Gesehen am 26.07.2018 , Ersch. jährl.
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789400772595
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 214 p. 1 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Print version Civic Learning, Democratic Citizenship and the Public Sphere
    DDC: 374
    Keywords: Education ; Adult education
    Abstract: This books explores the relationships between learning, democratic citizenship and the public sphere from thee interconnected angles: theory, methodology and research. The main message of the book is that civic learning necessarily has a public character, as it is learning that emerges from engagement in democratic processes and practices that occur both at the centre and the margins of society. Through a combination of theoretical development, methodological reflection and empirical case study, the chapters in the book provide new insights in the complexities of learning in the context of the ongoing struggle for democracy
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Civic learning, democratic citizenship and the public sphere; Gert Biesta, Maria De Bie and Danny Wildemeersch1. Learning in public places; Gert Biesta -- SECTION 1: THEORY -- 2. Displacing concepts of social learning and democratic citizenship; Danny Wildemeersch -- 3. Social services and their educational mandate in the modern nation state; Walter Lorenz -- 4. Learning Democracy in Social Work; Maria Bouverne-De Bie, Rudi Roose, Filip Coussée and Lieve Bradt -- 5. Subjectificating socialization for the common good: The case for a democratic offensive in upbringing and education; Micha de Winter -- SECTION 2: METHODOLOGY -- 6. Mapping children’s presence in the neighbourhood; Sven De Visscher -- 7. Research as response: Methodological reflections; Carmen Mathijssen and Danny Wildemeersch -- 8. Action research and democracy; Rudi Roose, Maria Bouverne-De Bie and Griet Roets -- 9. Educational research on community building practices: From evaluation to witnessing; Peter Reyskens and Joke Vandenabeele -- SECTION 3: RESEARCH -- 10. When the wrong people speak. On bullying as a political problem for democratisation in schools; Carl Anders Säfström -- 11. Democratic experimentation in early childhood education; Michel Vandenbroeck and Jan Peeters -- 12. Disturbing pedagogies in Special Youth Care; Karel De Vos -- 13. Theorizing underlying notions of citizenship in the dynamics of learning in public policy units; Griet Roets and Rudi Roose -- 14. Education and sustainability issues: an analysis of publics-in-the-making; Katrien Van Poeck and Joke Vandenabeele. Index.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787741
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 369 p. 27 illus., 6 illus. in color) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 6
    Parallel Title: Print version Brain, Mind and Consciousness in the History of Neuroscience
    DDC: 612.809
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Neurobiology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuropsychologie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This volume of essays examines the problem of mind, looking at how the problem has appeared to neuroscientists (in the widest sense) from classical antiquity through to contemporary times. Beginning with a look at ventricular neuropsychology in antiquity, this book goes on to look at Spinozan ideas on the links between mind and body, Thomas Willis and the foundation of Neurology, Hooke’s mechanical model of the mind and Joseph Priestley’s approach to the mind-body problem. The volume offers a chapter on the 19th century Ottoman perspective on western thinking. Further chapters trace the work of nineteenth century scholars including George Henry Lewes, Herbert Spencer and Emil du Bois-Reymond. The book covers significant work from the twentieth century, including an examination of Alfred North Whitehead and the history of consciousness, and particular attention is given to the development of quantum consciousness. Chapters on slavery and the self and the development of an understanding of Dualism bring this examination up to date on the latest 21st century work in the field. At the heart of this book is the matter of how we define the problem of consciousness itself: has there been any progress in our understanding of the working of mind and brain? This work at the interface between science and the humanities will appeal to experts from across many fields who wish to develop their understanding of the problem of consciousness, including scholars of Neuroscience, Behavioural Science and the History of Science
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; C.U.M.Smith and H.A. WhitakerChapter 1. Beginnings: ventricular neuropsychology; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 2. Return of the Repressed: Spinozan Ideas in the History of Mind and Brain Sciences; William Meehan -- Chapter 3. ‘Struck, As It Were, With Madness:’ The Phenomenology of Animal Spirits in the Neurology of Thomas Willis; Kathryn Tabb -- Chapter 4. Hooke’s mechanical mind; J.J. MacIntosh -- Chapter 5. Joseph Priestley: An instructive 18th century perspective on the mind-body problem; Alan Beretta -- Chapter 6. Reflections of western thinking on 19th C Ottoman thought: A critique of the 'hard-problem' by Spyridon Mavrogenis; George Anogianakis -- Chapter 7. George Henry Lewes (1817-1878): Embodied Cognition, Vitalism, and the Evolution of Symbolic Perception; Huw Price -- Chapter 8. Herbert Spencer: brain, mind and the ‘hard problem’; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 9. Problems of Consciousness in Nineteenth Century British and America Neurology; J Wayne Lazar -- Chapter 10. Emil du Bois-Reymond’s Reflections on Consciousness ; Gabriel Finkelstein -- Chapter 11. William James and the “Theatre” of Consciousness; Stephanie L. Hawkins -- Chapter 12. The enigmatic deciphering of the neuronal code of word meaning; Andrew C. Papanicolaou -- Chapter 13. Alfred North Whitehead and the history of consciousness; Laura Hyatt Edwards -- Chapter 14. The ‘hard problem’ and the Cartesian strand in British neurophysiology: Huxley, Foster, Sherrington, Eccles; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 15. Is there a link between quantum mechanics and consciousness?; Barry K Ward -- Chapter 16. Consciousness and neuronal microtubules: the Penrose-Hameroff quantum model in retrospect; Eugenio Frixione -- Chapter 17. Zombie Dawn: Slavery and the Self in the Twenty-first Century; David Hawkes -- Chapter 18. Mind and Brain: Toward an Understanding of Dualism; Kristopher Phillips, Alan Beretta and Harry Whitaker.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787628
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LXII, 443 p. 2 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 4
    Parallel Title: Print version The Concept of Argument
    DDC: 160
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Pragmatism ; Argument ; Begriff ; Argumentationstheorie ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Arguing that our attachment to Aristotelian modes of discourse makes a revision of their conceptual foundations long overdue, the author proposes the consideration of unacknowledged factors that play a central role in argument itself. These are in particular the subjective imprint and the dynamics of argumentation. Their inclusion in a four-dimensional framework (subjective-objective, structural-procedural) and the focus on thesis validity allow for a more realistic view of our discourse practice. Exhaustive analyses of fascinating historical and contemporary arguments are provided. These range from Columbus' advocacy of the Western Passage to India, over the trial of King Louis XVI during the French Revolution, to today’s highly charged controversies surrounding euthanasia and embryo research. Excavating foundational issues such as the purpose of argument itself (assent of an audience or critical examination of validity claims) and the contested role of argument as a generator of knowledge, the book culminates in a discussion of the relationship between rationality and reasonableness and criticizes the restrictions of ‘rational’ argument relying on fixed logical, economic or cultural criteria that in reality are mutable. Here, a true, open argument requires the infusion of Paul Lorenzen’s principle of ‘transsubjectivity’, which recognizes but transcends the partiality of the individual, and which can be seen in the pragmatic and expanding consensus that humanity can control itself to safeguard the future of a fragile, damaged world
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Chapter 1. Knowledge -- Chapter 2. Research -- Chapter 3. Subjectivity -- Chapter 4. Basic Operations -- Chapter 5. Frame Structures -- Chapter 6. Dialogue Events -- Chapter 7. Validity -- Chapter 8. Argument Analysis -- Chapter 9. Reflexivity -- Chapter 10. Transsubjectivity.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789400768697
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 262 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Positive nations and communities
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Preface; Ruut Veenhoven -- Introduction: Towards a Participatory and Ethical Consciousness in Positive Psychology; Helena Águeda Marujo and Luis Miguel Neto -- Part I. Introductory Perspectives -- Chapter 1. Two Images: Rhizome and the Gift Exchange in Life and Service; Christopher J. Kinman -- Chapter 2. Positive Institutions, Communities, and Nations: Methods and Internationalizing Positive Psychology Concepts; Grant J. Rich -- Part II. Display of Psychological Attributes: From Personal to Social.- Chapter 3. The Altruism Spiral: An Integrated Model for a Harmonious Future; Lawrence Soosai-Nathan and Antonella Delle Fave -- Chapter 4. The Importance of Friendship in the Construction of Positive Nations; Graciela Tonon and Lía Rodriguez de la Vega -- Chapter 5. Satsang: A Culture Specific Effective Practice for Well-Being; Kamlesh Singh, Anjali Jain and Dalbir Singh -- Chapter 6. Co-curricular Activities and Student Development: How Positive Nations encourage students to pursue careers in Psychology; Mercedes A. McCormick, Grant J. Rich, Deborah Harris O'Brien and Annie Chai.- Part III. Realization: From Individual to Collective -- Chapter 7. The European Championship as a Positive Festivity: Changes in Strenghts of Character Before, During and After the Euro 2008 in Switzerland; René Proyer, Fabian Gander, Sara Wellenzohn and Willibald Ruch.- Chapter 8. Positive Psychology and Interpersonal Forgiveness within Cultures; Julio R. Neto, Robert Enright, Bruna Seibel and Silvia Koller -- Chapter 9. South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Process as Applied Positive Psychology in Nation Building; Marié P. Wissing and Q. Michael Temane.- Part IV- Agency: From Passive to Active -- Chapter 10. Gross National Happiness: A Case Example of a Himalayan Kingdom’s Attempt to Build Positive Nations; George W. Burns -- Chapter 11. The Revolution of Happiness and the Happiness of Political Revolutions: Reflections around the Portuguese Case; Miguel Pereira Lopes, Patricia Jardim da Palma and Telmo Ferreira Alves.- Chapter 12. Positive Community Psychology and Positiv Community Development: Research and Intervention as Transformative Appreciative Actions; Luis Miguel Neto and Helena Águeda Marujo.-Chapter 13. From South West Africa to Namibia: Subjective Well-Being Twenty-one Years after Independence; S. Rothmann and Martina Perstling.
    Abstract: This book approaches the field of positive psychology from a post-modern perspective. It explores the consequences of combining current trends and models with supplementary participatory and transformative methods. The book brings a more collective, qualitative, culturally sensitive and transformative approach to the processes of making sense and implementing the science of positive psychology. It moves beyond the individual level towards a “knowledge community” and “knowledge of the communities”. The book is an invitation to more participatory and polyphonic dialogues in the field of positive psychology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Ruut VeenhovenIntroduction: Towards a Participatory and Ethical Consciousness in Positive Psychology; Helena Águeda Marujo and Luis Miguel Neto -- Part I. Introductory Perspectives -- Chapter 1. Two Images: Rhizome and the Gift Exchange in Life and Service; Christopher J. Kinman -- Chapter 2. Positive Institutions, Communities, and Nations: Methods and Internationalizing Positive Psychology Concepts; Grant J. Rich -- Part II. Display of Psychological Attributes: From Personal to Social.- Chapter 3. The Altruism Spiral: An Integrated Model for a Harmonious Future; Lawrence Soosai-Nathan and Antonella Delle Fave -- Chapter 4. The Importance of Friendship in the Construction of Positive Nations; Graciela Tonon and Lía Rodriguez de la Vega -- Chapter 5. Satsang: A Culture Specific Effective Practice for Well-Being; Kamlesh Singh, Anjali Jain and Dalbir Singh -- Chapter 6. Co-curricular Activities and Student Development: How Positive Nations encourage students to pursue careers in Psychology; Mercedes A. McCormick, Grant J. Rich, Deborah Harris O'Brien and Annie Chai.- Part III. Realization: From Individual to Collective -- Chapter 7. The European Championship as a Positive Festivity: Changes in Strenghts of Character Before, During and After the Euro 2008 in Switzerland; René Proyer, Fabian Gander, Sara Wellenzohn and Willibald Ruch.- Chapter 8. Positive Psychology and Interpersonal Forgiveness within Cultures; Julio R. Neto, Robert Enright, Bruna Seibel and Silvia Koller -- Chapter 9. South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Process as Applied Positive Psychology in Nation Building; Marié P. Wissing and Q. Michael Temane.- Part IV- Agency: From Passive to Active -- Chapter 10. Gross National Happiness: A Case Example of a Himalayan Kingdom’s Attempt to Build Positive Nations; George W. Burns -- Chapter 11. The Revolution of Happiness and the Happiness of Political Revolutions: Reflections around the Portuguese Case; Miguel Pereira Lopes, Patricia Jardim da Palma and Telmo Ferreira Alves.- Chapter 12. Positive Community Psychology and Positiv Community Development: Research and Intervention as Transformative Appreciative Actions; Luis Miguel Neto and Helena Águeda Marujo.-Chapter 13. From South West Africa to Namibia: Subjective Well-Being Twenty-one Years after Independence; S. Rothmann and Martina Perstling.      .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 273 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Educational psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Educational psychology ; Quality of Life Research
    Abstract: Part I. General Approach to Positive Psychology in Latin America -- Chapter 1. Overview of Positive Psychology in Latin American Countries; Alejandro Castro Solano -- Chapter 2. Latin-American Studies on Well-Being; Alejandro Castro Solano.- Chapter 3. Positive Psychological Assessment in Latin America; Maria Laura Lupano Perugini -- Part II. Positive Psychology and Academic Achievement.- Chapter 4. Perceived Parenting Style: Its Central Role in Psychological Adjustment and Academic Achievement of Argentine Students; Mercedes Fernández Liporace and Guadalupe de la Iglesia -- Chapter 5. Cultural Competences of International Students: Its Role on Successful Sociocultural and Psychological Adaptation; Alejandro Castro Solano and Ines Aristegui -- Chapter 6. Character Strengths: Measurement and Studies in Argentina with Military and General Population Samples; Alejandro C. Cosentino -- Chapter 7. Positive Psychology and Academic Performance: A Brazilian Initiative; Lilian Graziano -- Part III. Positive Psychology and Childhood.- Chapter 8. Positive Emotions in Children: Current Research and Future Directions; Laura Oros -- Chapter 9. Optimal Experience in Argentinean Children and Adolescents; Belén Mesurado and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 10. Childhood Pro social Behavior in the School Environment; Vivian N. Lemos and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 11. Promotion of Resilience in Children in Social Vulnerability; María Cristina Richaud de Minzo and Viviana N. Lemos.- Chapter 12. Social Skills of Children in Vulnerable Conditions in Northern Argentina; Ana Betina Lacunza -- Part IV. Positive Psychology: Community and Health.- Chapter 13. Positive Communities: Dimensions for Assessment and Intervention; Graciela Tonon -- Chapter 14. Re-inventing School to Develop Active Citizens; Ulisses F. Araujo and Valeria A. Arantes -- Chapter 15. The Influence Relations among Three Traditions of Well-Being and Social Support and the Associations with Age and Health; Lucia Helena W. de Freitas.
    Abstract: This volume describes a culture-fair perspective on positive psychology research and practice in Latin America. It provides a deep understanding of the ways in which context can affect practice, intervention and research results. The development of Positive Psychology in areas such as test adaptation and construction, prediction of academic achievement and empowerment of children at risk is presented. Furthermore, topics related to positive communities and citizenship behaviors are included. The volume is organized into four sections. The first section presents the importance of test adaption and construction in order to assess Positive Psychology constructs, with a special focus on well-being as a core construct. The second section summarizes a group of research studies carefully designed to predict academic achievement applying Positive Psychology constructs. The third section outlines a set of studies intended to develop flow, resilience, social skills and positive emotions in children at risk. And finally the fourth and last section introduces two points of view focused on communities in order to assess positive dimensions and to promote positive behaviors. This volume, aimed at researchers and Psychology, Education, Health and the Social Sciences students, is a useful tool for people interested in the development of Positive Psychology in Latin American countries
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I. General Approach to Positive Psychology in Latin AmericaChapter 1. Overview of Positive Psychology in Latin American Countries; Alejandro Castro Solano -- Chapter 2.  Latin-American Studies on Well-Being; Alejandro Castro Solano.- Chapter 3. Positive Psychological Assessment in Latin America; Maria Laura Lupano Perugini -- Part II. Positive Psychology and Academic Achievement.- Chapter 4. Perceived Parenting Style: Its Central Role in Psychological Adjustment and Academic Achievement of Argentine Students; Mercedes Fernández Liporace and Guadalupe de la Iglesia -- Chapter 5. Cultural Competences of International Students: Its Role on Successful Sociocultural and Psychological Adaptation; Alejandro Castro Solano and Ines Aristegui -- Chapter 6. Character Strengths: Measurement and Studies in Argentina with Military and General Population Samples; Alejandro C. Cosentino -- Chapter 7. Positive Psychology and Academic Performance: A Brazilian Initiative; Lilian Graziano -- Part III. Positive Psychology and Childhood.- Chapter 8. Positive Emotions in Children: Current Research and Future Directions; Laura Oros -- Chapter 9. Optimal Experience in Argentinean Children and Adolescents; Belén Mesurado and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 10. Childhood Pro social Behavior in the School Environment; Vivian N. Lemos and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 11. Promotion of Resilience in Children in Social Vulnerability; María Cristina Richaud de Minzo and Viviana N. Lemos.- Chapter 12. Social Skills of Children in Vulnerable Conditions in Northern Argentina; Ana Betina Lacunza -- Part IV. Positive Psychology: Community and Health.- Chapter 13. Positive Communities: Dimensions for Assessment and Intervention; Graciela Tonon -- Chapter 14. Re-inventing School to Develop Active Citizens; Ulisses F. Araujo and Valeria A. Arantes -- Chapter 15. The Influence Relations among Three Traditions of Well-Being and Social Support and the Associations with Age and Health; Lucia Helena W. de Freitas.       .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772847
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 260 p. 13 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Text, Speech and Language Technology 47
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Computing meaning ; 4
    Keywords: Computer science ; Electronic data processing ; Information systems ; Computational linguistics ; Semantics ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Electronic data processing ; Information systems ; Computational linguistics ; Semantics ; Semantik ; Computerlinguistik ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book is a collection of papers by leading researchers in computational semantics. It presents a state-of-the-art overview of recent and current research in computational semantics, including descriptions of new methods for constructing and improving resources for semantic computation, such as WordNet, VerbNet, and semantically annotated corpora. It also presents new statistical methods in semantic computation, such as the application of distributional semantics in the compositional calculation of sentence meanings. Computing the meaning of sentences, texts, and spoken or texted dialogue is the ultimate challenge in natural language processing, and the key to a wide range of exciting applications. The breadth and depth of coverage of this book makes it suitable as a reference and overview of the state of the field for researchers in Computational Linguistics, Semantics, Computer Science, Cognitive Science, and Artificial Intelligence
    Description / Table of Contents: Computing Meaning; Contents; Contributors; Computing Meaning: Annotation, Representation, and Inference; 1 Introduction; 2 About This Book; 2.1 Semantic Representation and Compositionality; 2.2 Inference and Understanding; 2.3 Semantic Resources and Annotation; References; Part I: Semantic Representation and Compositionality; Deterministic Statistical Mapping of Sentences to Underspecified Semantics; 1 Introduction; 2 Direct Semantic Mapping; 3 Semantic Expressions; 3.1 Connectives and Examples; 4 Encoding Semantics as Dependencies; 4.1 Alignment; 4.2 Headedness; 4.3 Label Construction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Experiments5.1 Data Preparation; 5.2 Parser; 5.3 Results; 6 Conclusion and Further Work; References; A Formal Approach to Linking Logical Form and Vector-Space Lexical Semantics; 1 Introduction; 2 Background; Textual Entailment; Logic-Based Semantics; Distributional Models for Lexical Meaning; Markov Logic; 3 Linking Logical Form and Vector Spaces; 3.1 Lexical Mapping and Inference Projection; 3.2 Addressing Polysemy; 4 Transforming Natural Language Text to Logical Form; 5 Ambiguity in Word Meaning; 5.1 A Lexical Ambiguity Example; 5.2 Hypernymy; 6 Implicativity
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Inferences with Nested Propositions6.2 Interaction with Other Phenomena; 7 Preliminary Evaluation; 8 Future Work; 9 Conclusion; References; Annotations that Effectively Contribute to Semantic Interpretation; 1 Introduction: Functions of Semantic Annotations; 2 The Semantics of Semantic Annotations; 2.1 Interpreting Annotations Expressed in XML; 2.2 The Design of Semantic Annotation Languages; 2.2.1 The CASCADES Design methodology; 2.2.2 The Case of ISO-TimeML; Abstract Syntax; Semantics; Concrete Syntax; 3 Combining Semantic Annotations and Semantic Representations; 3.1 Contextualization
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Semantic Alignment3.3 Explicitation; 3.3.1 Semantic Roles; 3.3.2 Implicit Discourse Relations; 4 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; Concrete Sentence Spaces for Compositional Distributional Models of Meaning; 1 Introduction; 2 Background; 3 From Truth-Theoretic to Corpus-Based Meaning; Nouns and Transitive Verbs; Adjective Phrases; Prepositional Phrases; Adverbs; 4 Concrete Computations; 5 Different Grammatical Structures; 6 Ambiguous Words; 7 Related Work; References; Part II: Inference and Understanding; Recognizing Textual Entailment and Computational Semantics; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Logical Method2.1 Robust Semantic Analysis; 2.2 Applying Theorem Proving; 2.3 Implementation and Results; 3 A Critical Evaluation of Performance; 3.1 Proofs Found for Entailment Pairs (True Positives); 3.1.1 Conjunction Elimination; 3.1.2 Verb Phrase Coordination; 3.1.3 Active-Passive Alternation; 3.1.4 Past and Present Participles; 3.1.5 Relative Clauses and Control Constructions; 3.1.6 Pronouns; 3.2 Incorrect Proofs Found (False Positives); 3.2.1 Incorrect Syntactic Analyses; 3.2.2 Incorrect Semantic Analysis; 3.3 Missing Proofs (False Negatives); 4 Discussion and Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789400768307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 410 p. 42 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and research in contemporary higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Research institutes ; Universities and colleges ; Professional staff ; Academic freedom ; Learning and scholarship ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Forschung ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book discusses how teaching and research have been weighted differently in academia in 18 countries and one region, Hong Kong SAR, based on an international comparative study entitled the Changing Academic Profession (CAP). It addresses these issues using empirical evidence, the CAP data. Specifically, the focus is on how teaching and research are defined in each higher education system, how teaching and research are preferred and conducted by academics, and how academics are rewarded by their institution. Since the establishment of Berlin University in 1810, there has been controversy on teaching and research as the primary functions of universities and academics. The controversy increased when Johns Hopkins University was established in 1876 with only graduate programs, and more recently with the release of the Carnegie Foundation report Scholarship Reconsidered by Ernest L. Boyer in 1990. Since the publication of Scholarship Reconsidered in 1990, higher education scholars and policymakers began to pay attention to the details of teaching and research activities, a kind of ‘black box’ because only individual academics know how they conduct teaching and research in their own contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; 1.1 International Differences in the Teaching-Research Balance; 1.2 The Knowledge Explosion and the Diversification of Organizational Models; 1.2.1 The Global Stratification of Academic Systems; 1.2.2 Expansion and Diversification of Purpose; 1.3 The Inevitable Tensions Between Academic and Organizational Priorities; 1.3.1 Patterns of System Coordination; 1.3.2 The Emergence of Organizations to Protect the Academic Profession; 1.4 Organization of the Book
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Theoretical Basis; Chapter 2: The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Necessity of the Teaching and Research Nexus; 2.2.1 Effects of the Knowledge Society; 2.2.2 Logic of Academic Discipline; 2.2.3 Mechanism of Academic Work and the Teaching and Learning Nexus; 2.3 R-T-S Nexus in the Age of Third Wave; 2.3.1 Problems of Third Wave Age; 2.3.2 Logic of R-T-S Nexus as a Mission of the Academic Profession; 2.4 Conflicts Between Ideal and Reality: Carnegie and CAP Surveys; 2.4.1 1992 Survey; 2.4.2 2007 Survey; 2.4.3 Research Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Perspective of the Twenty-First Century: Integration Is an Inevitable Problem to Be Dealt With2.5.1 Uncertainty as well as an Unpredictable Future; 2.5.2 Characteristics of the Academic Organization and the Mission of Academic Profession; 2.5.3 Division of Labor Between University and Nonuniversity Institutions; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Historical Overview of Academic Research; 3.3 Perceptions of Research; 3.4 Massification and Diversification; 3.4.1 Vertical Differentiation of Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.2 "Horizontal" Differentiation of Academic Fields3.5 Diversity of Disciplinary Research Styles; 3.6 Funding of Research; 3.7 STEM Research Outputs; 3.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Teaching and Curriculum Development Across Countries; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Framework and Method; 4.2.1 A Conceptual Framework; 4.2.2 Method; 4.2.3 Limitation; 4.3 Results; 4.4 Discussion; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Research Focused Systems; Chapter 5: Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; 5.1 The Functions of Academics: Varying by Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Analysis Envisaged5.3 Higher Education in Germany: Traditions and Recent Changes; 5.4 The Balance of Teaching and Research: Preferences and Actual Work Time; 5.5 Select Aspects of Teaching; 5.6 Select Aspects of Research; 5.7 Links Between Teaching and Research; 5.8 Interindividual Comparison: Impact of Teaching and Research Approaches; 5.9 Concluding Observations; References; Chapter 6: Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Historical Development of Italian University
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Reshaping the Academic Profession: The University Reform of 1980
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; Cummings and ShinPART I. Theoretical Basis -- 2. The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; Arimoto -- 3. The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; Cummings -- 4. Teaching and Curriculum Development across Countries; Huang -- PART II. Research Focused Systems -- 5. Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; Teichler -- 6. Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; Rostan -- 7. The Changing Balance of Teaching and Research in the Dutch Binary Higher Education System; De Weert and Van der Kaap -- 8. The Scholarly Question in Finland: to Teach or not to Teach; Aarrevaara, Dobson and Postareff -- 9. Teaching and Research: perspectives from Portugal; Santiago, Sousa, Carvalho, Marchado-Taylor and Dias -- 10. Teaching and Research of Korean Academics across Career Stages; Shin, Jung and Kim -- PART III. Teaching Focused Systems -- 11. The Divergent Worlds of Teaching and Research among Mexican Faculty: Tendencies and Implications; Galaz-Fontes, Martinez-Stack, Estevez-Nenninger, Padilla-Gonzalez, Gil-Anton, Sevilla-Garcia and Arcos-Vega -- 12. Research and Teaching in a Diverse Institutional Environment: Converging Values and Diverging Practices in Brazil; Schwartzman and Balbachevsky -- 13. Current Challenges Facing the Academic Profession in Argentina: Tensions between Teaching and Research; Leal and Marquina -- 14. Teaching and Research in Malaysian Public Universities: Synergistic or Antagonistic?; Azman, Pang, Sirat and Yunus -- 15. From Teachers to Perfect Humboldtian Persons to Academic Superpersons: The Teaching and Research Activities of the South African Academic Profession; Wolhuter -- PART IV. Teaching and Research Balanced Systems -- 16. The Balance between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; Finkelstein -- 17. Teaching and Research in English Higher Education: The Fragmentation, Diversification and Reorganization of Academic Work, 1992-2007; Locke -- 18. Teaching, Research and the Canadian Professoriate; Jones, Gopaul, Weinrib, Metcalfe, Fisher, Gingras and Rubenson -- 19. Australian Academics, Teaching and Research: History, Vexed issues and Potential Changes; Bentley, Goedegebuure and Meek -- Concluding Observations -- 20. Teaching and Research across Higher Education Systems: A Typology and Implications; Shin and Cummings -- 21. Teaching and Research: A Vulnerable Linkage?; Teichler and Arimoto.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769014
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 234 p. 60 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Theoretical Psycholinguistics 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hendriks, Petra, 1964 - Asymmetries between language production and comprehension
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Sprachproduktion ; Sprachverstehen ; Asymmetrie ; Sprachproduktion ; Sprachverstehen ; Asymmetrie ; Online-Ressource ; Sprachproduktion ; Sprachverstehen ; Asymmetrie
    Abstract: This book asserts that language is a signaling system rather than a code, based in part on such research as the finding that 5-year-old English and Dutch children use pronouns correctly in their own utterances, but often fail to interpret these forms correctly when used by someone else. Emphasizing the unique and sometimes competing demands of listener and speaker, the author examines resulting asymmetries between production and comprehension. The text offers examples of the interpretation of word order and pronouns by listeners, and word order freezing and referential choice by speakers. It is explored why the usual symmetry breaks down in children but also sometimes in adults. Gathering contemporary insights from theoretical linguistic research, psycholinguistic studies and computational modeling, Asymmetries between Language Production and Comprehension presents a unified explanation of this phenomenon
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Understanding and Misunderstanding 2 Asymmetries in Language Acquisition -- 3 The Listener’s Perspective -- 4 The Speaker’s Perspective -- 5 Symmetry and Asymmetry Across Languages -- 6 Competing Perspectives -- Appendix -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789400776395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 219 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Peer review of learning and teaching in higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review
    Abstract: Incorporating both theoretical and practical perspectives, this volume of papers explores varied aspects of peer review of teaching in higher education. The section on theory features contributions from academics based in Europe, North America and Australia. It provides a number of models demonstrating ways in which collegial peer commentary can enhance the quality of learning and teaching. The chapters examine in detail the importance of communication and leadership, and deploy evidence from one-on-one interviews that evince the value of considering collegiality, emotions, attitudes, and spaces in peer review. The analysis shows how these factors are central to the ways in which lecturers and teachers communicate with each other to create constructive opportunities for learning. The chapters on practical considerations detail the peer review process and include case studies from institutions in Africa, Europe, North America and Australia, which focus on different areas of the topic, including peer review as a quality assurance mechanism, peer review in distance education, peer review in foundation courses, and peer review embedded within a department and across a university. The book ends with an international perspective on the role of peer review in ensuring a holistic approach to quality enhancement in learning and teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Place of Peer Review in Learning and TeachingPART 1: Theory -- 2. Collaborative Peer-Supported Review of Teaching -- 3. A Practical Model for Conducting Helpful Peer Review of Teaching -- 4. Leadership: A Cultural Perspective on Review as Quality Assurance versus Quality Enhancement -- 5. Climates of Communication: Collegiality, Affect, Spaces and Attitudes in Peer Review -- 6. Six Questions -- PART 2: Practice -- 7. Peer Review as Quality Assurance -- 8. Peer Review for Distance Educators: Two Case Studies -- 9. Peer Review in a Foundations in Learning and Teaching Program -- 10. Peer Review of Teaching at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln -- 11. Implementing Departmental Peer Observation of Teaching in Universities -- PART 3: Conclusion -- 12. Was Moses peer reviewed? The Ten Commandments of Peer Observation of Teaching -- 13. International Perspectives on Peer Review as Quality Enhancement.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768390
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 297 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 211
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ciocan, Cristian Heidegger et le problème de la mort
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 ; Tod ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 Sein und Zeit ; Tod ; Existenzial
    Abstract: Cet ouvrage est la première monographie systématique d’expression française dédiée exclusivement au problème heideggérien de la mort. Il se donne pour tâche de clarifier tout l’enjeu de cette question capitale de la pensée de Martin Heidegger. La nouveauté de cette étude réside dans une approche systématique et précise de Sein und Zeit, à partir d’une clarification rigoureuse de la notion d’Existenzial, en interprétant le problème de la mort dans l’articulation des structures fondamentales de l’être du Dasein. Cette approche permet non seulement d’expliciter les différentes couches ontologiques où intervient le phénomène de la mort dans l’analytique existentiale, mais aussi de mettre en lumière la rigueur de l’analyse heideggérienne et la systématicité de sa démarche. En outre, cette investigation explore l’intégralité de la pensée de Heidegger : des écrits de jeunesse jusqu’aux textes les plus tardifs, l’ouvrage retrace non seulement la genèse complexe de cette question, mais aussi son évolution arborescente
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionPart 1: Le lieu du problème de la mort dans le contexte des existentiaux.-2. Le lieu du problème de la mort dans Sein und Zeit -- 3. Qu’est-ce qu’un Existenzial? -- Part 3: Itinéraire structurel du phénomène de la mort -- 4. La totalité, la mort et les autres -- 5. La mort à travers l’ouverture du Dasein (première section de Sein und Zeit) -- 6. La mort à travers la deuxième section de Sein und Zeit -- Part 3: Rétrospective et transformation: la genèse du problème de la mort avant Sein und Zeit et son évolution dans la philosophie heideggérienne tardive -- 7. La genèse du problème de la mort dans la pensée du jeune Heidegger -- 8. L’évolution du problème de la mort après Être et temps -- 9. Conclusion -- Annexe I : Bibliographie chronologique du problème heideggérien de la mort (1930-2011) -- Annexe II : Index des termes heideggériens traduits différemment dans les deux versions françaises de Sein und Zeit -- Bibliographie.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400775251
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 365 p. 35 illus., 30 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer network architectures ; Social sciences Data processing ; Civil Law ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Computer network architectures ; Social sciences Data processing ; Civil Law ; Europäische Union ; Rechtsstreit ; Grenzüberschreitender Datenverkehr
    Abstract: This book contributes to an understanding of the dynamic complexities involved in the design of e-justice applications that enable online trans-border judicial proceedings in Europe. It provides answers to critical questions with practical relevance: How should online trans-border judicial proceedings be designed in order to deliver effective and timely justice to European citizens, businesses and public agencies? How can the circulation of judicial agency across Europe be facilitated? Based on extensive research, the book explores and assesses the complex entanglements between law and technology, and between national and European jurisdictions that emerge when developing even relatively simple e-services such as those supporting the European small claims procedure and European payment orders. In addition to providing a strong theoretical framework and an innovative approach to e-justice design, this book includes case studies that are based on a common methodology and theoretical framework. It presents original empirical material on the development of e-government systems in the area of European justice. Finally, it introduces the design strategies of Maximum Feasible Simplicity and Maximum Manageable Complexity and, based on them, it proposes architectural and procedural solutions to enhance the circulation of judicial agency
    Description / Table of Contents: ContentsList of Abbreviations -- Introduction: The Challenge of Interoperability and Complexity in European Civil Proceedings Online;  Francesco Contini and Giovan Francesco Lanzara -- Part I Beyond Interoperability -- Chapter 1 The Circulation of Agency in Judicial Proceedings: Designing for Interoperability and Complexity; Giovan Francesco Lanzara -- Chapter 2 Developing Pan-European e-Government Solutions. From Interoperability to Installed Base Cultivation; Ole Hanseth -- Chapter 3 How the Law can make it Simple: Easing the Circulation of Agency in e-Justice; Francesco Contini and Richard Mohr -- Part II Building e-justice: National and European Experiences -- Chapter 4 Law, Technology and System Architectures:  Critical Design Factors for Money Claim and Possession Claim OnLine in England and Wales; Giampiero Lupo -- Chapter 5 Functional Simplification through Holistic Design: The COVL Case in Slovenia; Gregor Strojin -- Chapter 6 The Piecemeal Development of an e-Justice Platform: The CITIUS Case in Portugal; Paula Fernando, Conceição Gomes and Diana Fernandes -- Chapter 7 Pushing at the Edge of Maximum Manageable Complexity: The case of ‘Trial OnLine’ in Italy; Davide Carnevali e Andrea Resca -- Chapter 8 The Making of Pan-European Infrastructure: From the Schengen Information System to the European Arrest Warrant; Marco Velicogna -- Chapter 9 Searching for Maximum Feasible Simplicity: the Case of e-Curia at the Court of Justice of the European Union; Francesco Contini -- Part III Complexity and the Circulation of Agency in Transborder Civil Proceedings -- Chapter 10 Legal Interoperability in Europe: An Assessment of the European Payment Order and the European Small Claims Procedure; Marco Mellone -- Chapter 11 Testing Transborder Civil Procedures in Practice: Findings from Simulation Experiments with the European Payment Order and the European Small Claims Procedure; Gar Yein Ng -- Chapter 12 Building Semantic Interoperability for European Civil Proceedings Online; Marta Poblet, Josep Suquet, Antoni Roig and Jorge González-Conejero -- Chapter 13 Coming to Terms with Complexity Overload in Transborder e-Justice: The e-CODEX Platform; Marco Velicogna -- Chapter 14 Let Agency Circulate: Architectures and Strategies for Pan-European e-Justice; Francesco Contini -- About the Authors -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400775374
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 293 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. African legal theory and contemporary problems
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Regional planning ; Development Economics ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Regional planning ; Development Economics ; Criminology
    Abstract: The book is a collection of essays, which aim to situate African legal theory in the context of the myriad of contemporary global challenges; from the prevalence of war to the misery of poverty and disease to the crises of the environment. Apart from being problems that have an indelible African mark on them, a common theme that runs throughout the essays in this book is that African legal theory has been excluded, under-explored or under-theorised in the search for solutions to such contemporary problems. The essays make a modest attempt to reverse this trend. The contributors investigate and introduce readers to the key issues, questions, concepts, impulses and problems that underpin the idea of African legal theory. They outline the potential offered by African legal theory and open up its key concepts and impulses for critical scrutiny. This is done in order to develop a better understanding of the extent to which African legal theory can contribute to discourses seeking to address some of the challenges that confront African and non-African societies alike
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsList of Contributors -- Introduction; Oche Onazi -- Part I:  Law -- Chapter 1 On ‘African’ Legal Theory: A Possibility, An Impossibility or Mere Conundrum?; Chikosa Mozesi Silungwe -- Chapter 2 When British Justice (in African Colonies) Points Two Ways: On Dualism, Hybridity, and the Genealogy of Juridical Negritude in Taslim Olawale Elias; Mark Toufayan -- Chapter 3 Decoding Afrocentrism: Decolonizing Legal Theory; Dan Kuwali -- Chapter 4 Connecting African Jurisprudence to Universal Jurisprudence through a shared understanding of Contract; Dominic Burbidge -- Chapter The Legal Subject in Modern African Law: A Nigerian Report; Olúfémi Táíwó -- Part II: Rights -- Chapter 6 African Values, Human Rights and Group Rights: A Philosophical Foundation for the Banjul Charter; Thaddeus Metz -- Chapter 7 Before Rights and Responsibilities: An African Ethos of Citizenship; Oche Onazi -- Chapter 8 The Practice and the Promise of Making Rights Claims: Lessons from the South African Treatment Access Campaign; Karen Zivi.- Chapter 9 Unpacking the Universal: African Human Rights Philosophy in Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart; Basil Ugochukwu -- Part III: Society -- Chapter 10 Legal Empowerment of the Poor:  Does Political Participation matter? Oche Onazi -- Chapter 11 The Humanist basis of African Communitarianism as viable third alternative theory of developmentalism; Adebisi Arewa -- 12 Crime Detection and the Psychic Witness in America: an Allegory for re-appraising Indigenous African Criminology; Babafemi Odunsi -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 160 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Business ethics and risk management
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This volume explores various aspects of risk taking. It offers an analysis of financial, entrepreneurial and social risks, as well as a discussion of the ethical implications of empirical findings. The main issues examined in the book are the financial crisis and its implications for business ethics. The book discusses unethical behaviour as a reputational risk (e.g., in the case of Goldman Sachs) and the question is raised as to what extent the financial crisis has changed the banks’ entrepreneurial strategy. The book presents an analysis of the reasons leading to the crisis and identifies them as ethical dilemma structures. In addition, it looks at general questions regarding ethical behaviour and risk taking, such as: To what extent does the social embeddedness or abstraction play a role in guaranteeing ethical behaviour? What conclusions can be drawn from institutional or evolutionary perspectives on risk management? Finally, the book discusses further issues that become factors of risk within and between societies, such as work insecurity, corruption or the problem of facilitation payments as a risk in international transactions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Risk Management and Risk Taking; Christoph Luetge: Risk Taking and the Ethics of Entrepreneurship2) Risk Management on Financial Markets -- Elena Esposito: The Present Use of the Future: Management and Production of Risk on Financial Markets -- Boudewijn de Bruin: Epistemically Virtuous Risk Management: Financial Due Diligence and Uncovering the Madoff Fraud -- 3) Risk Management in Organizations -- Jacob Dahl Rendtorff: Risk Management, Banality of Evil and Moral Blindness in Organizations and Corporations -- Cristina Besio: Transforming Risks into Moral Issues in Organizations --  Matthias Gronemeyer: Decision-Making as Navigational Art: A Pragmatic Approach to Risk Management -- 4) Philosophical Issues of Risk Management -- Thomas Beschorner: Beyond Risk Management, Toward Ethics - Institutional und Evolutionary Perspectives -- Nikil Mukerji: Consequentialism, Deontology and the Morality of Promising -- 5) Risk Management in Specific Systems -- Julie Jebeile:  The Nuclear Power Plant: Our New “Tower of Babel”? -- Nguyen Hoang Anh: The Global Economic Crisis as a Risk for the International Trade in  Hanoi.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400766006
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 269 p. 156 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Handbook of Philosophical Logic 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of philosophical logic ; 17
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of Philosophical Logic reflects great changes in the landscape of philosophical logic since the first edition. It gives readers an idea of that landscape and its relation to computer science and formal language and artificial intelligence. It shows how the increased demand for philosophical logic from computer science and artificial intelligence and computational linguistics accelerated the development of the subject directly and indirectly. This development in turn, directly pushed research forward, stimulated by the needs of applications. New logic areas becameestablished and old areas were enriched and expanded. At the same time, it socially provided employment for generations of logicians residing in computer science, linguistics and electrical engineering departments which of course helped keep the logic community to thrive. The many contributors to this Handbook are active in these application areas and are among the most famous leading figures of applied philosophical logic of our times
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Preface; Dov M. GabbayHybrid Logic; Torben Braüner -- Nominal Terms and Nominal Logics: From Foundations to Meta-mathematics; Murdoch J. Gabbay -- Introduction to Labelled Deductive Systems; Dov M. Gabbay -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789400769731
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 331 p. 46 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Theories of information, communication and knowledge
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen ; Informations- und Dokumentationswissenschaft ; Online-Ressource ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen
    Abstract: This book addresses some of the key questions that scientists have been asking themselves for centuries: what is knowledge? What is information? How do we know that we know something? How do we construct meaning from the perceptions of things? Although no consensus exists on a common definition of the concepts of information and communication, few can reject the hypothesis that information - whether perceived as « object » or as « process » - is a pre-condition for knowledge. Epistemology is the study of how we know things (anglophone meaning) or the study of how scientific knowledge is arrived at and validated (francophone conception). To adopt an epistemological stance is to commit oneself to render an account of what constitutes knowledge or in procedural terms, to render an account of when one can claim to know something. An epistemological theory imposes constraints on the interpretation of human cognitive interaction with the world. It goes without saying that different epistemological theories will have more or less restrictive criteria to distinguish what constitutes knowledge from what is not. If information is a pre-condition for knowledge acquisition, giving an account of how knowledge is acquired should impact our comprehension of information and communication as concepts. While a lot has been written on the definition of these concepts, less research has attempted to establish explicit links between differing theoretical conceptions of these concepts and the underlying epistemological stances. This is what this volume attempts to do. It offers a multidisciplinary exploration of information and communication as perceived in different disciplines and how those perceptions affect theories of knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Fidelia Ibekwe-SanJuan and Thomas DousaChapter 1: Cybersemiotics: A new foundation for transdisciplinary theory of information, cognition, meaning, communication and consciousness; Søren Brier -- Chapter 2: Epistemology and the Study of Social Information within the Perspective of a Unified Theory of Information;Wolfgang Hofkirchner.- Chapter 3: Perception and Testimony as Data Providers; Luciano Floridi -- Chapter 4: Human communication from the semiotic perspective; Winfried Nöth --   Chapter 5: Mind the gap: transitions between concepts of information in varied domains; Lyn Robinson and David Bawden -- Chapter 6:  Information and the disciplines: A conceptual meta-analysis; Jonathan Furner -- Chapter 7: Epistemological Challenges for Information Science; Ian Cornelius -- Chapter 8: The nature of information science and its core concepts; Birger Hjørland -- Chapter 9: Sylvie Leleu-Merviel. Coalescence in the informational process. Application to visual sense-making. Chapter 10: Understanding users’ informational constructs through the affordances of cinematographic images; Michel Labour -- Chapter 11: Documentary Languages and the Demarcation of Information Units in Textual Information: A Case Study; Thomas Dousa -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 251 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International education hubs
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: Education hubs are the newest development in the international higher education landscape. Countries, zones and cities are trying to position themselves as reputed centres for higher education and research. But given higher education’s current preoccupation with competitiveness, branding, and economic benefits are education hubs merely a fad, a branding exercise, or are they an important innovation worthy of serious investment and attention? This book tries to answer the question through a systematic and comparative analysis of the rationales, actors, policies, plans and accomplishments for six serious country level education hubs - United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Botswana . The in-depth case studies shows that "one size does not fit all". A variety of factors drive countries to prepare and position themselves as an education hub. They include income generation, soft power, modernization of domestic tertiary education sector, economic competitiveness, need for trained work force, and most importantly a desire to move towards a knowledge or service based economy. In response to these different motivations, three different types of education hubs are being developed: the student hub, talent hub, and knowledge/innovation hub. Scholars, policy makers, professionals, students and senior decision makers from education, economics, geography, public policy, trade, migration will find that this book challenges some assumptions about crossborder education and provides new insights and information.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication1. Introduction; Jane Knight -- 2. Understanding Education Hubs within the Context of Crossborder Education; Jane Knight -- 3. An Analytical Framework for  Education Hubs: Student, Talent, Knowledge-Innovation; Jane Knight and Jack Lee -- 4. The Evolution of Qatar as an Education Hub: Moving to a Knowledge Economy; Arwa Ibnouf, Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 5. United Arab Emirates Education Hub: A Decade of Development; Warren Halsey Fox and Sabha Al Shamisi -- 6. Hong Kong: The Quest for Regional Education Hub Status; Ka Ho Mok and Peter Bodycott -- 7. Malaysia: Becoming an Education Hub to Serve National Development; Mohd Ismail Abd Aziz and Doria Abdullah -- 8. Singapore: Building a Knowledge and Education Hub; Ravinder Sidhu, Ho Kong-Chong and  Brenda Yeoh -- 9. Botswana: Africa’s First Education Hub; Bridget Poppy John, David Wilmoth and Brian Mokopakgosi -- 10. Emerging Education Hubs: Korea, Sri Lanka, Mauritius, Bahrain; Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 11. Comparative Analysis of Education Hubs; Jane Knight -- 12. Issues, Indicators, and Reflections; Jane Knight -- Bibliography -- Index.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771581
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 205 p. 25 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lexical availability in English and Spanish as a second language
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Spanisch ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Wortschatz ; Englisch ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Wortschatz
    Abstract: This volume contributes to the research in two different research areas: lexical availability studies and vocabulary research in second or foreign languages. Lexical availability is defined as the words that immediately come to mind as a response to a stimulus provided by topics related to domains closely connected to daily life: for instance animals, food and drink, daily activities, politics, or poverty. Lexical availability is a dimension of learners’ receptive and productive lexical competence, and, consequently, an important variable of learners’ communicative competence. Written by leading researchers in Spanish and English applied linguistics, the studies presented in this volume offer the reader findings and insights from studies conducted in learners with different mother tongues, who learn English or Spanish as their second or third language. “This book made me aware of an approach to vocabulary acquisition which has a long tradition in European research, but has been somewhat neglected by English-speaking researchers. The methodology was pioneered in France where it developed into the Francais Fondamental project - an influential approach to the vocabulary needs of learners of French. It was also taken up by Spanish researchers, and more recently developed by the team at La Rioja University. Where English-language research has focused on the frequency of words in large corpora and the implications of this feature for L2 vocabulary acquisition, the lexical availability tradition takes a much more learner-centred approach to L2 vocabulary skills, directly reflecting learners' needs and learners' ability to do things with small, effective vocabularies. This leads to a set of research priorities that look refreshingly different from the ones we are used to. Read this book. It might change the way you think about vocabulary research.” Paul Meara, Swansea University, Wales, UK
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface 1. Lexical Availability Studies -- Part I . 2. Lexical Availability of Basic and Advanced Semantic Categories in English L1 and English L2 -- 3. The Effect of Age on EFL Learners’ Lexical Availability: Word Responses to the Cue Words ‘Town’ and ‘Countryside’ -- 4. The Incidence of Previous Foreign Language Contact in a Lexical Availability Task. A Study of Senior Learners -- 5. Lexical Variation in Learners’ Responses to Cue Words: The Effect of Gender -- 6. Frequency Profiles of EFL Learners’ Lexical Availability -- Part II . 7. The Relationship of Language Proficiency to the Lexical Availability of Learners of Spanish -- 8. Slovene Students’ Lexical Availability in English and Spanish -- 9. The Effect of Instruction on Polish Spanish Learners’ Lexical Availability -- 10. Cognitive Factors of Lexical Availability in a Second Language -- Conclusion -- 11. Researching Lexical Availability in L2: some Methodological Issues.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769465
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 304 p. 69 illus., 60 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: Focusing on geoscience, this book applies a uniquely cross-disciplinary perspective to its examination of the relationship between scientific research and teaching at universities. Contributions show how the use of technology and innovative pedagogical design allows students at different stages of their university studies to develop skills and experience in geoscience research. The book offers wide-ranging insight from academics in geoscience, science education and higher education policy and pedagogy, as well as from students and industry experts. The opening section sets the context, with a chapter on teaching and research in the contemporary university by a world-leading academic in higher education, and an essay by the editor on the case of moving from research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching. Part Two addresses the research-teaching nexus in geoscience, offering chapters entitled The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist’s Perspective; Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; and Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry, among others. In Part Three, the use of technology is discussed in chapters such as Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning; and Towards Technology- and Research-enhanced Education (TREE): Electronic Feedback as a Teaching Tool in Geoscience. The Program Design section includes chapters on Introducing University Students to Authentic, Hands-on Undergraduate Geoscience Research, and the opportunity to link research and teaching in students’ final projects and more. Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities is a useful resource for understanding the research-teaching nexus and how it has been implemented in different types of universities and in different countries. Science academics seeking to integrate research into teaching will find the book highly relevant to their work. The emphasis on using technology as a means to link research and teaching will be of great interest and practical benefit to learning technologists, science educators and university policymakers. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of educational settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction : The Context; From Research-Implicit to Research-Enhanced Teaching: A Geoscience Perspective; Teaching and Research in the Contemporary University; 1 Antecedents; 2 The Global Research University; 3 Teaching and Research in the Era of the GRU; References; Part II: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Perspectives; The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist's Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching as a Young Scientist; 2.1 Incentive to Teach; 2.2 Opportunities; 2.3 Training
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Link Between Teaching and Research3.1 Benefits for Students; 3.2 Case Study: A Research-Based Practical for Students; 3.3 Benefits for the Scientist; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; Incorporating Research into Teaching Geosciences: The Masters Student Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Experience of Research Articles Incorporated into Learning; 3 Experiences of Field Research Incorporated into Learning; 4 Positive Learning Outcomes of the Course; 4.1 How to Interact with Different Members of a Research Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 How to Organize and Mobilize as a Team to Produce an Experiment4.3 Learning the Steps Involved in Organizing a Research Plan; 4.4 How to Use Field Equipment and Data Correction Software, e.g., Ground-Penetrating Radar (GPR), RadExplorer Software, Soil Probes, and Anemometers; 4.5 How to Design and Construct Experiments Based on the Principles of Sand Entrainment and Sand-Transport Velocity Profiles; 4.6 How the Research-Teaching Nexus Can Exist as a Model for Courses I Might Create or Teach; 4.7 How to Construct an Outline for a Research Article
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 How to Submit Pieces of Research According to a Deadline Schedule4.9 Building Confidence as a Geoscientist; 5 Experiences of Geosciences Courses with No Research Incorporated; 6 The Research-Teaching Nexus : Challenges; 7 Recommendations for Good Practice; 7.1 Courses That Offer Optional, Incentivized, Research-Focused Fieldwork; 8 Recommendations for Integrating Research Articles into Teaching; 9 Conclusions; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels1 Introduction; 2 Bringing the Ocean to the Classroom; 3 Bringing the Classroom to the Ocean; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Part III: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Promoting Research-Enhanced Teaching; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; 1 Introduction; 2 The Research Evidence Summarised; 3 A Framework for Curriculum Design and Teaching and Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Curricula Strategies for Effective Teaching- Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- From research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching: A geoscience perspective, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Teaching and research in the contemporary university, Simon Marginson -- PART II: RESEARCH-TEACHING NEXUS IN GEOSCIENCE -- 2. Perspectives -- The challenge of combining research and teaching: A young geoscientist’s perspective, Laura J. Cobden -- Incorporating research into teaching geosciences: the Masters student’s perspective, Barbara McNutt -- Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels, Ken C. Macdonald -- 3. Promoting research-enhanced teaching -- Curricula and departmental strategies to link teaching and geoscience research, Alan Jenkins -- The Role of scholarly publication in geocognition and discipline-based geoscience education research, Julie Libarkin -- Geologic Displays as Science and Art, Marjorie A. Chan -- Teaching Geoscience Research to Adult Undergraduates and Distance Learners, Hilary Downes -- Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry: A Winning Proposition for both Students and Employers, Rolf V. Ackermann and Lucy MacGregor -- PART III: PEDAGOGICAL EXAMPLES -- 4. Use of technology -- Integration of Enquiry Fossil Research Approaches and Students’ Local Environments within Online Geoscience Classrooms, Renee M. Clary and James H. Wandersee -- Embedding Research Practice Activities into Earth and Planetary Sciences Courses Through the Use of Remotely Operable Analytical Instrumentation, Jeffrey G. Ryan -- Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning, Tim Stott, Kate Litherland, Patrick Carmichael and Anne-Marie Nuttall -- GEOverse - An undergraduate research journal:  Research Dissemination within and beyond the Curriculum, Helen Walkington -- Towards technology- and research-enhanced education (TREE): Electronic feedback as a teaching tool in geoscience, Vincent C. H. Tong -- 5. Programme design -- Introducing university students to authentic, hands-on undergraduate geoscience research in entry-level coursework, Laura Guertin -- Engaging first-year students in team-oriented research: The Terrascope learning community, S. A. Bowring, A. W. Epstein and C. F. Harvey -- Students’ final projects: an opportunity to link research and teaching, Dolores Pereira and Luis Neves -- Teaching Environmental Sciences in an International and Interdisciplinary Framework: from Arid to Alpine Ecosystems in NE Spain, D. Badía, N. Bayfield, A. Cernusca, F. Fillat and D. Gómez -- The Role of concept inventories in course assessment, Julie Libarkin, Sarah E. Jardeleza and Teresa L. McElhinny.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770584
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 291 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 32
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Friend, Michèle Pluralism in mathematics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Pluralismus ; Mathematik
    Abstract: This book is about philosophy, mathematics and logic, giving a philosophical account of Pluralism which is a family of positions in the philosophy of mathematics. There are four parts to this book, beginning with a look at motivations for Pluralism by way of Realism, Maddy’s Naturalism, Shapiro’s Structuralism and Formalism. In the second part of this book the author covers: the philosophical presentation of Pluralism; using a formal theory of logic metaphorically; rigour and proof for the Pluralist; and mathematical fixtures. In the third part the author goes on to focus on the transcendental presentation of Pluralism, and in part four looks at applications of Pluralism, such as a Pluralist approach to proof in mathematics and how Pluralism works in regard to together-inconsistent philosophies of mathematics. The book finishes with suggestions for further Pluralist enquiry. In this work the author takes a deeply radical approach in developing a new position that will either convert readers, or act as a strong warning to treat the word ‘pluralism’ with care.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. Motivating the Pluralist Position from Familiar Positions -- Chapter 1. Introduction. The Journey from Realism to Pluralism -- Chapter 2. Motivating Pluralism. Starting from Maddy’s Naturalism -- Chapter 3. From Structuralism to Pluralism -- Chapter 4. Formalism and Pluralism Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Part II. Initial Presentation of Pluralism.- Chapter 5. Philosophical Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 6. Using a Formal Theory of Logic Metaphorically -- Chapter 7. Rigour in Proof Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Chapter 8. Mathematical Fixtures -- Part III. Transcendental Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 9. The Paradoxes of Tolerance and the Transcendental Paradoxes -- Chapter 10. Pluralism Towards Pluralism -- Part IV. Putting Pluralism to Work. Applications -- Chapter 11. A Pluralist Approach to Proof in Mathematics -- Chapter 12. Pluralism and Together-Inconsistent Philosophies of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Suggestions for Further Pluralist Enquiry -- Conclusion.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9789400772816
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 601 p. 102 illus., 57 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions from Science Education Research 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Topics and trends in current science education
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book features 35 of the best papers from the 9th European Science Education Research Association Conference, ESERA 2011, held in Lyon, France, September 5th-9th 2011. The ESERA international conference featured some 1,200 participants from Africa, Asia, Australia, and Europe as well as North and South America offering insight into the field at the end of the first decade of the 21st century. This book presents studies that represent the current orientations of research in science education and includes studies in different educational traditions from around the world. It is organized into six parts around the three poles of science education (content, students, teachers) and their interrelations: after a general presentation of the volume (first part), the second part concerns SSI (Socio- Scientific Issues) dealing with new types of content, the third the teachers, the fourth the students, the fifth the relationships between teaching and learning, and the sixth the teaching resources and the curricula
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Part I: Overview of the Book; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSIs) and the Nature of Science (NOS); 2 Teachers' Practices and Teachers' Professional Development; 3 The Students: Multiple Perspectives; 4 Relationship Between Teaching and Learning; 5 Part VI Teaching Resources, Curriculum; Part II: Socio-scientific Issues; Chapter 2: The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences; References; Chapter 3: Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-­scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Postmodern Society; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Socially Acute Questions and Socio-scientific Issues2.1 Definition of Socially Acute Questions; 2.2 The Underpinning Links of Socially Acute Questions; 2.3 The Socio-epistemological Approach; 2.4 The Psychosocial Approach; 3 Curriculum Orientations: To 'Cool Down' or to 'Heat Up' the Questions; 3.1 Diversity of Educational Stakes and Pedagogies; 3.2 Epistemological Stances; 3.3 Didactic Strategies; 4 Challenges for Future Post-normal Education; References; Chapter 4: Teachers' Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development Towards Socio-­scientific Issues; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Rationale: Teachers' Commitments to SSI Activities3 Methodology; 3.1 Documenting Teachers' Contribution to a Citizenship Education and SSI Classroom Discussions and Activism; 3.2 An Action-Research Project Based on IBST as the Way and as the Goal to Deal with the Complexity of SSIs; 4 Results; 4.1 Teachers' Contribution to Citizenship Education; 4.2 Factors Influencing Implementation of Classroom Discussions About SSIs; 4.3 Complex Student Teachers' Research and Activism Choices; 4.4 Several Types of IBST and Possibilities for SSI Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Inquiry-Based Teaching to Handle Complex Environmental Issues4.5.1 The First Cycle; 4.5.2 The Second Cycle; 5 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 5: Which Perspectives Are Referred in Students' Arguments About a Socio-scientific Issue? The Case of Bears' Reintroduction in the Pyrenees; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Background and Rationale; 1.1.1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSI) in Science Education; 1.1.2 Making Decisions on an SSI; 1.2 Objective of the Research; 2 Methodology; 2.1 Data Collection; 2.1.1 Research Population; 2.1.2 SSI Classroom Activity Design
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.3 The SSI Classroom Activity Designed2.2 Data Analysis; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 6: Learning About the Role and Function of Science in Public Debate as an Essential Component of Scientific Literacy; 1 Introduction; 2 Suitable Topics for Learning About Science-Based Communications in Societal Debate; 3 Understanding the Individual's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates; 4 Modeling the Society's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Pedagogies to Learn About Individual's and Society's Handling of Scientific Information
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Overview of the bookOverview of the book,    Catherine Bruguière, Andrée Tiberghien, Pierre Clément -- Part 2: Socio-Scientific Issues -- The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences, Isabelle Stengers -- Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-Scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Post-Modern Society, Laurence Simonneaux -- Teachers’ Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development towards Socio-Scientific Issues, Virginie Albe, Catherine Barrué, Larry Bencze, Anne Kristine Byhring, Lyn Carter, Marcus Grace, Erik Knain, Dankert Kolstø, Pedro Reis and Erin Sperling -- Which perspectives are referred in students’ arguments about a Socio-scientific Issue? The case of Bears’ reintroduction in the Pyrenees, Ana Mª Domènech and Conxita Márquez -- Learning about the role and function of science in public debate as an essential component of scientific literacy, Ingo Eilks, Jan A. Nielsen, Avi Hofstein -- Exploring Secondary Students’ Arguments in the Context of Socio-scientific Issues, Dr. Fatih Çağlayan Mercan, Dr. Buket Yakmacı-Güzel, and Dr. Füsun Akarsu -- Teachers’ Beliefs on Science-Technology-Society (STS) and Nature of Science (NOS): Strengths, Weaknesses, and Teaching Practice, Ángel Vázquez-Alonso; María-Antonia Manassero-Mas; Antonio García-Carmona and Antoni Bennàssar-Roig -- Part 3: Teachers’ Practices and Teachers Professional Development -- Professional Learning of Science Teachers, Jan H. Van Driel --  Nanoeducation: Zooming into Teacher Professional Development Programs in Nanoscience and Technology, Ron Blonder, Ilka Parchmann, Sevil Akaygun, and Virginie Albe -- Education for Sustainable Development: An International Survey on Teachers’ Conceptions, Pierre Clément and Silvia Caravita -- Learning to Teach Science as Inquiry: Developing an Evidence-based Framework for Effective Teacher Professional Development, Barbara A. Crawford, Daniel K. Capps, Jan van Driel, Norman Lederman, Judith Lederman, Julie Luft, Sissy Wong, Aik Ling Tan , Shirley Lim, John Loughran, Kathy Smith -- Weaving Relationships in a Teaching Sequence Using ICT: A Case Study in Optics at Lower Secondary School, Suzane El Hage, Christian Buty -- Inquiry based mathematics and science education across Europe: A synopsis of various approaches and their potentials, Katrin Engeln, Silke Mikelskis-Seifert, Manfred Euler -- Measuring Chemistry Teachers’ Content Knowledge - Is it correlated to Pedagogical Content Knowledge? Oliver Tepner and Sabrina Dollny -- PART 4: The students - Multiple Perspectives -- Boys in Physics Lessons: Focus on Masculinity in an Analysis of Learning Opportunities, Josimeire M. Julio, Arnaldo M. Vaz -- Which Effective Competencies Do Students Use in PISA Assessment of Scientific Literacy? Florence Le Hebel, Pascale Montpied, Andrée Tiberghien -- Development of Understanding in Chemistry, Hannah Sevian, Vicente Talanquer, Astrid M. W. Bulte, Angelica Stacy, Jennifer Claesgens -- Learning Affordances: Understanding Visitors’ Learning in Science Museum Environment, Hyeonjeong Shin, Eun Ji Park, Chan-Jong Kim -- Modelling and Assessing Experimental Competencies in Physics, Heike Theyßen, Horst Schecker, Christoph Gut, Martin Hopf, Jochen Kuhn, Peter Labudde, Andreas Müller, Nico Schreiber, Patrik Vogt -- Understanding Students’ Conceptions of Electromagnetic Induction: A Semiotic Analysis, Jennifer Yeo -- Part 5 Relationships between Teaching and Learning -- Analysing Classroom Activities: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations, Gregory J. Kelly -- The Impact of a Context-led Curriculum on Different Students’ Experiences of School Science, Indira Banner & Jim Ryder -- Students’ Experienced Coherence between Chemistry and Biology in Context-Based Secondary Science Education, Hilde J. Boer, Gjalt T. Prins, Martin J. Goedhart and Kerst Th. Boersma -- The Relationship between Teaching and Learning of Chemical Bonding and Structures, Ray Lee, Maurice M. W. Cheng -- Blending Physical and Virtual Manipulatives in Physics Laboratory Experimentation, Georgios Olympiou & Zacharias C. Zacharia -- Becoming a Health Promoting School: Effects of a three year intervention on school development and pupils, Steffen Schaal -- Disagreement in ‘Ordinary’ Teaching Interactions: A Study of Argumentation in a Science Classroom, Ana Paula Souto-Silva, Danusa Munford -- Analysis of Teaching and Learning Practices in Physics and Chemistry Education: Theoretical and Methodological Issues, Patrice Venturini, Andrée Tiberghien, Claudia von Aufschnaiter, Gregory Kelly, Eduardo Mortimer -- Part 6 Teaching Resources, Curriculum -- Designing a Learning Progression for Teaching and Learning about Matter in Early School Years, Andrés Acher & María Arcà --  ‘Realistic-Fiction Storybooks’ as a Resource for Problematic Questioning of Living Being with Pupils in Primary School, Catherine Bruguière and Eric Triquet -- Nature of Science as Portrayed in the Physics Official Curricula and Textbooks in Hong Kong and on the Mainland of the People’s Republic of China, Ka Lok Cheng and Siu Ling Wong -- On the transfer of teaching-learning materials from one educational setting to another, R. Pintó, M. Hernández, C. P. Constantinou -- CoReflect - Web-based Inquiry Learning Environments on Socio-Scientific issues, Andreas Redfors, Lena Hansson, Eleni A. Kyza, Iolie Nicolaidou, Itay Asher, Iris Tabak, Nicos Papadouris and Christakis Avraam -- Adapting web-based inquiry learning environments from one country to another: The CoReflect experience, Eleni A. Kyza, Christothea Herodotou, Iolie Nicolaidou, Andreas Redfors and Lena Hansson, Sascha Schanze, Ulf Saballus, Nicos Papadouris4, Georgia Michael.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789400773806
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 252 p. 12 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; China ; Lesefähigkeit ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This volume explores Chinese reading development, focusing on children in Chinese societies and bilingual Chinese-speaking children in Western societies. The book is structured around four themes: psycholinguistic study of reading, reading disability, bilingual and biliteracy development, and Chinese children’s literature. It discusses issues that are pertinent to improving language and literacy development, and complex cognitive, linguistic, and socio-cultural factors that underlie language and literacy development. In addition, the book identifies instructional practices that can enhance literacy development and academic achievement. This volume offers an integrative framework of Chinese reading, and deepens our understanding of the intricate processes that underlie Chinese children’s literacy development. It promotes research in reading Chinese and celebrates the distinguished and longstanding career of Richard C. Anderson
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordPreface -- Psycholinguistic Study of Reading Chinese. Morphological Awareness and Learning to Read Chinese and English -- Visual, Phonological and Orthographic Strategies in Learning to Read Chinese -- How Character Reading Can Be Different from Word Reading in Chinese and Why It Matters for Chinese Reading Development -- Fostering Reading Comprehension and Writing Composition in Chinese Children -- Exploring the Relationship of Parental Influences, Motivation for Reading and Reading Achievement in Chinese First Graders -- Reading Disability in Chinese Children. Helping Children with Reading Disability in Chinese: The Response to Intervention Approach with Effective Evidence-Based Curriculum -- Rapid Automatized Naming and Its Unique Contribution to Reading: Evidence from Chinese Dyslexia -- Bilingual and Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English. L1-Induced Facilitation in Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English -- Effect of Early Bilingualism on Metalinguistic Development and Language Processing: Evidence from Chinese-speaking Bilingual Children -- Contributions of Phonology, Orthography, and Morphology in Chinese-English Biliteracy Acquisition: A One-year Longitudinal Study -- Children’s literature in Chinese. Chinese Children’s Literature in North America -- China and Chinese as Mirrored in Multicultural Youth Literature: A Study of Award-Winning Picture Books Featuring Ethnic Chinese from 1993 to 2009.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400775602
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 663 p. 83 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Mathematics
    Abstract: Mathematics curriculum, which is often a focus in education reforms, has not received extensive research attention until recently. Ongoing mathematics curriculum changes in many education systems call for further research and sharing of effective curriculum policies and practices that can help lead to the improvement of school education. This book provides a unique international perspective on diverse curriculum issues and practices in different education systems, offering a comprehensive picture of various stages along curriculum transformation from the intended to the achieved, and showing how curriculum changes in various stages contribute to mathematics teaching and learning in different educational systems and cultural contexts. The book is organized to help readers learn not only from reading individual chapters, but also from reading across chapters and sections to explore broader themes, including: Identifying what is important in mathematics for teaching and learning in different education systems; Understanding mathematics curriculum and its changes that are valued over time in different education systems; Identifying and analyzing effective curriculum practices; Probing effective infrastructure for curriculum development and implementation. Mathematics Curriculum in School Education brings new insights into curriculum policies and practices to the international community of mathematics education, with 29 chapters and four section prefaces contributed by 56 scholars from 14 different education systems. This rich collection is indispensable reading for mathematics educators, researchers, curriculum developers, and graduate students interested in learning about recent curriculum development, research, and practices in different education systems. It will help readers to reflect on curriculum policies and practices in their own education systems, and also inspire them to identify and further explore new areas of curriculum research for improving mathematics teaching and learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction and perspectivesCurriculum and policy -- Curriculum development and analysis -- Curriculum, teacher, and teaching -- Curriculum and student learning -- Cross-national comparison and commentary.
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematics Curriculum in School Education Editors: Yeping Li (Texas A&M University, USA) Glenda Lappan (Michigan State University, USA) Part I: Introduction and PerspectivesChapter 1 Mathematics curriculum in school education: Advancing research and practices from an international perspective: Yeping LI, Glenda LAPPAN -- Chapter 2 Curriculum design and systemic change: Hugh BURKHARDT -- Chapter 3 Mathematics curriculum policies and practices in the U.S.: The Common Core State Standards initiative: Barbara J. REYS -- Chapter 4 Reflections on curricular change: Alan SCHOENFELD -- Part II: Curriculum and Policy -- Preface: Glenda LAPPAN, Yeping LI -- Chapter 5 Mathematics curriculum policies: A framework with case studies from Japan, Korea, and Singapore: Khoon Yoong WONG et al -- Chapter 6: Decision making in the mathematics curricula among the Chinese mainland, Hong Kong and Taiwan: Hak Ping TAM et al -- Chapter 7 Potential impact of the Common Core Mathematics Standards on the American curriculum: Hung-Hsi WU -- Chapter 8 Brief considerations on educational directives and public policies in Brazil regarding mathematics education: Antonio Vicente Marafioti GARNICA -- Chapter 9 The Australian Curriculum: Mathematics - How did it come about? What challenges does it present for teachers and for the teaching of mathematics? Max STEPHENS -- Part III: Curriculum Development and Analysis -- Preface: Yeping LI, Glenda LAPPAN -- Chapter 10 Three pillars of first grade mathematics and beyond: Roger HOWE -- Chapter 11 Forging new opportunities for problem solving in Australian mathematics classrooms through the first national mathematics curriculum: Judy ANDERSON -- Chapter 12 Freedom of design: The multiple faces of subtraction in Dutch primary school textbooks: Marc van ZANTEN, Marja VAN DEN HEUVEL-PANHUIZEN -- Chapter 13 Changes to the Korean mathematics curriculum: Expectations and challenges: JeongSuk PANG -- Chapter 14 The Singapore mathematics curriculum development - A mixed model approach: Ngan Hoe LEE -- Chapter 15 School mathematics textbook design and development practices in China: Yeping LI et al -- Part IV: Curriculum, Teacher, and Teaching -- Preface: James FEY -- Chapter 16 Teachers as participants in textbook development: The integrated mathematics wiki-book project: Ruhama EVEN, Shai OLSHER -- Chapter 17 Mathematics teacher development in the context of district managed curriculum: Mary Kay STEIN et al -- Chapter 18 Curriculum, teachers and teaching: Experiences from systemic and local curriculum change in England: Margaret BROWN, Jeremy HODGEN -- Chapter 19 Teaching mathematics using standards-based and traditional curricula: A case of variable ideas: Jinfa CAI et al -- Chapter 20 Supporting the effective implementation of a new mathematics curriculum: A case study of school-based lesson study at a Japanese public elementary school: Akihiko TAKAHASHI -- Chapter 21 Does classroom instruction stick to textbooks? - A case study of fraction division: Rongjin HUANG -- Part V: Curriculum and Student Learning -- Preface: Dylan WILIAM -- Chapter 22: Curriculum and achievement in Algebra 2: Influences of textbooks and teachers on students’ learning about functions: Sharon L. SENK -- Chapter 23 The impact of a standards-based mathematics curriculum on classroom instruction and student performance: The case of Mathematics in Context: Mary C. SHAFER -- Chapter 24 Curriculum intent, teacher professional development and student learning in numeracy: Vincent GEIGER -- Chapter 25 Learning paths and learning supports for conceptual addition and subtraction in the US Common Core State Standards and in the Chinese standards: Karen C. FUSON -- Chapter 26 The virtual curriculum: New ontologies for a mobile mathematics: Nathalie SINCLAIR -- Part VI: Cross-national Comparison and Commentary -- Chapter 27 Forty-eight years of international comparisons in mathematics education from a United States perspective: What have we learned? Zalman USISKIN -- Chapter 28 (Mathematics) curriculum, teaching and learning: Ngai-Ying WONG -- Chapter 29 Improving the alignment between values, principles and classroom realities: Malcolm SWAN.
    Note: Includes indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400771161
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 235 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Secularisations and their debates
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; Social sciences ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Social sciences ; Anthropology ; Atheismus gnd ; Neue Religiosität gnd ; Secularism ; Secularization ; Säkularisierung gnd ; Säkularismus gnd ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Westliche Welt ; Säkularisierung ; Neue Religiosität
    Abstract: This volume explores timely topics in contemporary political and social debates, including: the new atheisms, the debate between Habermas and the Pope on the fate of modernity, and the impact of new scientific developments on traditional religions. This book collects articles first presented at the Deakin University "World in Crisis" workshop, held November 2010 by leading Australasian philosophers and theologians. It addresses questions raised by the recent, much-touted return to religion, including possible reasons for the return and its practical, political, and intellectual prospects. Secularisation and Their Debates is not afraid to provide answers to such questions as: Is religion only ever a force of political reaction in modernity, or are there resources in it which progressive, even secular social movements, could engage with or adopt? Are the new atheisms, or on the opposite side, the new fundamentalisms, really novel phenomena, or has religion only ever been artificially sidelined in the modern Western states? Has modern liberalism only really been kidding itself about its non-doctrinal neutrality between different faiths, and if so, what should follow? This book will appeal to researchers in the philosophy of religion, social sciences, political philosophy, and anthropology
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Secularization and its DiscontentsM. Sharpe, D. Nickelson -- 2. Disenchantments of secularism: the West and India, P. Bilimoria -- 3. Locke, secularism and the justice of the secular solution: towards a self-reflective transcending of secular-self understanding, P.A. Quadrio -- 4. Marx and the Christian logic of the secular state, R.  Boer -- 5. Spirit matters: Life after secularism and religion? J. Rossouw -- 6. Counter-secularism: parsing the theological cure for our modern malady, D. Nickelson -- 7. ‘In the Beginning Was .. the Story’? On Secularisation, Narrative, and Nominalisms, M. Sharpe -- 8. Enjoy your Enlightenment! New Atheism, fanaticism and the joys of other people’s illusions, B. Cooke -- 9. Against fundamentalism: The silence of the Divine in the work of Karen Armstrong, P. Brown -- 10. Secularism stuck in the End-Times: From Alexandre Kojève to the recent Messianic Turn, R. Jeffs -- 11. Charles Taylor’s search for transcendence: mystery, suffering, violence, J. Rundell -- 12. Towards post-secular Enlightenment, W. Hudson.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771406
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in German Idealism 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kant on proper science
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy (General) Science ; History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Naturwissenschaften ; Biologie ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 Opus postumum ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Biologie ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 Opus postumum ; Biologie
    Abstract: This book provides a novel treatment of Immanuel Kant’s views on proper natural science and biology. The status of biology in Kant’s system of science is often taken to be problematic. By analyzing Kant’s philosophy of biology in relation to his conception of proper science, the present book determines Kant’s views on the scientific status of biology. Combining a broad ideengeschichtlich approach with a detailed historical reconstruction of philosophical and scientific texts, the book establishes important interconnections between Kant’s philosophy of science, his views on biology, and his reception of late 18th century biological theories. It discusses Kant’s views on science and biology as articulated in his published writings and in the Opus postumum. The book shows that although biology is a non-mathematical science and the relation between biology and other natural sciences is not specified, Kant did allow for the possibility of providing scientific explanations in biology and assigned biology a specific domain of investigation.
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsNote on citation and translation -- 1. Introduction: Kant on Science and Biology -- 2. Kant’s Conception of Proper Science -- 3. Mechanical Explanation and Grounding -- 4. Kant on Teleology -- 5. Kant on the Domain and Method of Biology -- 6. Kant on the Systematicity of Physics and the Opus postumum -- 7. Vital Forces and Organisms in the Opus postumum -- 8. Materialism, Hylozoism, and Natural History in the Opus postumum -- 9. Concluding Remarks.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789400772786
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 302 p. 11 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The internationalization of the academy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Abstract: This volume provides a nuanced empirical assessment of the extent to which the academic profession is internationalized at the beginning of the 21st century. It indicates which are the most internationalized academic activities, and focuses on specific topics such as physical mobility for study or professional purposes, teaching abroad or in another language, research collaboration with foreign colleagues, and publication and dissemination outside one’s native country or in another language. It places the main theme in the wider context of the history of higher education’s internationalization. It provides explanations on what drives and deters academics from international activity, and documents some of the consequences that internationalization has on academic work and productivity. This study is based on a survey of 25,000 academics working at higher education institutions in 18 countries and Hong Kong on five continents. Comparing data from the 1992 Carnegie International study to the 2007 CAP survey, relying on respondents’ perceptions of change, and comparing different academic generations, it offers valuable insights on changes in the internationalization of the academy
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements1. The Internationalization of the Academic Profession -- 2. Concepts and Methods -- 3. A Profile of CAP Participating Countries and a Global Overview of Academic Internationalization in 2007-2008 -- 4. Internationalization of the Academy: Rhetoric, Recent Trends and Prospects -- 5. The International Mobility of Academic Staff -- 6. The International Dimension of Teaching and Learning -- 7. The Internationalization of Research -- 8. Regionalization of Higher Education and the Academic Profession in Asia, Europe and North America -- 9. Gender and Faculty Internationalization -- 10. Internationalization and the New Generation of Academics -- 11. Patterns of Faculty Internationalization: A Predictive Model -- 12. The Internationalization of the Academy: Findings, Open Questions and Implications -- Appendix -- Notes on Contributors.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789400775312
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 176 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 33
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Goeing, Anja-Silvia, 1966 - Summus mathematicus et omnis humanitatis pater
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; History ; Regional planning ; Humanities / Arts ; Humanities ; History ; Regional planning ; Hochschulschrift ; Biografie ; Victorinus Feltrensis 1378-1446 ; Victorinus Feltrensis 1378-1446 ; Biografie ; Geschichte 1444 - 1470
    Abstract: This book revises the picture of the teacher and educator of princes, Vittorino Rambaldoni da Feltre (c. 1378, Feltre -- 1446, Mantua), taking a completely new approach to show his work and life from the individual perspectives created by his students and contemporaries. From 1423 to 1446, Vittorino da Feltre was in charge of a school in Mantua, where his students included not only the offspring of Italy’s princes, but also the first generation of authors dealing with books in print. Among his students were historians like Bartolomeo Sacchi (named Platina), who wrote an extensive history of the popes, and mathematicians like Jacopo Cassiano (Cremonensis), who translated the work of Archimedes from Greek into Latin. Vittorino is still regarded as the educationalist of Italian Renaissance humanism per sé. This work not only contributes to the study of the history of Italian humanist institutions, it also uses available sources to demonstrate the development of a new attitude to education in Italy
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements1 Introduction -- 2 The Sources on Vittorino da Feltre -- 3 Sassolo da Prato's Correspondence with Leonardo Dati, ca. 1443-1444 -- 4 The Concept of Education in the Second Generation of Vitae and Portraits of Vittorino Da Feltre -- 5 Between History and Praise: Approaches on Understanding Humanist Biographie -- 6 Appendix: The Letter Of Sassolo Da Prato About Vittorino; Translated into English by James Astorga -- References -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 402 p. 53 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Mathematics & mathematics education: searching for common ground
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematikunterricht
    Abstract: This book is the fruit of a symposium in honor of Ted Eisenberg concerning the growing divide between the mathematics community and the mathematics education community, a divide that is clearly unhealthy for both. The work confronts this disturbing gap by considering the nature of the relationship between mathematics education and mathematics, and by examining areas of commonality as well as disagreement. It seeks to provide insight into the mutual benefit both stand to gain by building bridges based on the natural bonds between them.
    Abstract: This book is the fruit of a symposium in honor of Ted Eisenberg concerning the growing divide between the mathematics community and the mathematics education community, a divide that is clearly unhealthy for both. The work confronts this disturbing gap by considering the nature of the relationship between mathematics education and mathematics, and by examining areas of commonality as well as disagreement. It seeks to provide insight into the mutual benefit both stand to gain by building bridges based on the natural bonds between them.
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematics & Mathematics Education: Searching for Common Ground; Preface and Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Chapter 1: Mathematics & Mathematics Education: Searching for Common Ground; Prologue; Distinctions and Connections; Divisions; Distinctions Once Again and the Possibility of Cooperation; The Structure of This Book; Mutual Expectations Between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators; History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics; Problem-Solving: A Problem for Both Mathematics and Mathematics Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematical Literacy: What Is It and How Is It Determined?Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Justification and Proof in Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Policy: What Should We Do, and Who Decides?; Collaboration Between Mathematics and Mathematics Education; One Final Word; References; Dialogue on a Dialogue; Chapter 2: Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Beginning a Dialogue in an Atmosphere of Increasing Estrangement; My Dialogue with Ted; Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Difference and Confluence; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Some of My Pet-Peeves with Mathematics EducationWhere Is the ""Math"" in ""Mathematics Education"" These Days?; Defining Mathematics Education; Atmospheres of Learning; Some Comments on Teaching; Concept Images; On the Education of Mathematics Teachers and Educators for Higher Degrees; Glimpsing the Future; References; Chapter 4: Mathematics at the Center of Distinct Fields: A Response to Michael and Ted; What Are We Talking About?; A Deeper Look at Some of the Issues; The Case of Sweden; Rigorous Research Methods; Training Versus Education; Experiences with Submissions to ESM
    Description / Table of Contents: Values and AestheticsWhat Mathematicians and Mathematics Education Researchers Can Contribute to Each Other's Fields; References; Mutual Expectations Between Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Chapter 5: Mutual Expectations Between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators; Introduction; Expectations of a Mathematician; What I See as a Teacher; My Expectations from Those Involved in Math Education; Expectations According to a Mathematics Educator from a Mathematics Department; Expectations According to a Mathematics Educator; Concluding Comments; Expectations by Mathematicians
    Description / Table of Contents: Expectations by Mathematics EducatorsClosing Remark; References; History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics; Chapter 6: History in Mathematics Education. A Hermeneutic Approach; Preliminary Remark; Johann Bernoulli's Textbook on the Differential Calculus; Students Read Bernoulli's Text; The Hermeneutic Approach; Discussion; References; Chapter 7: Reflections on History of Mathematics; Introduction; History Within Math and Science Teaching: A Historical Issue
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematicians, Historians of Mathematics, Mathematics Teachers, and Mathematics Education Researchers: The Tense but Ineluctable Relations of Four Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface and AcknowledgementsIntroduction -- Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Searching for common ground: Michael N. Fried -- Chapter 1.  A Dialogue on a Dialogue -- Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Beginning a Dialogue in an Atmosphere of Increasing Estrangement: Michael N. Fried -- Some of my pet-peeves with mathematics education: Ted Eisenberg -- Mathematics at the Center of Distinct Fields: A Response to michael and Ted: Norma Presmeg -- Chapter 2.  Mutual Expectations -- Mutual Expectations between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators : Tommy Dreyfus.-With contributions by:Uri Onn, Joanna Mamona-Downs, Stephen Lerman -- Chapter 3.  History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics -- History in mathematics education. A hermeneutic approach: Hans Niels Jahnke -- Reflections on History of Mathematics: History of Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Luis Radford -- With contributions by:Alain Bernard, Michael N. Fried , Fulvia Furinghetti, Nathalie Sinclair -- Chapter 4.  Problem-Solving: A Problem for Both Mathematics and Mathematics Education -- Reflections on Problem-Solving: Problem solving in mathematics and in mathematics education: Boris Koichu -- With contributions by: Gerald A. Goldin, A. Israel Weinzweig, Shlomo Vinner, Roza Leikin -- Chapter 5.  Mathematical Literacy: What Is It and How is It Determined?.-“Mathematical Literacy”: An Inadequate Metaphor: E. Paul Goldenberg -- Reflections on Mathematical literacy : What’s new, why should we care, and what can we do about it? : Anna Sfard -- With contributions by:Abraham Arcavi, Ron Livné, Iddo Gal, Anna Sfard, Hannah Perl -- Chapter 6.  Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: A Historical Overview : M. A. (Ken) Clements -- Visualization in mathematics and mathematics education: Elena Nardi (University of East Anglia) -- With contributions by: Rina Hershkowitz, Raz Kupferman , Norma Presmeg, Michal Yerushalmy -- Chapter 7.  Justification and Proof -- Making Sense of Mathematical Reasoning and Proof: David Tall -- Reflections on Justification and Proof: Justification and Proof in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Keith Weber -- With contributions by: Gila Hanna, Guershon Harel, Ivy Kidron, Annie Selden and John Selden -- Chapter 8.  Policy: What Should We Do, and Who Decides? -- Mathematics and mathematics education policy: Mogens Niss -- Reflections on Policy: Mathematics and Mathematics Education Policy-Searching for Common Ground : Nitsa Movshovitz-Hadar -- With contributions by:Jonas Emanuelsson, Davida Fischman, Azriel Levy, Zalman Usiskin -- Chapter 9.  Collaboration -- Mathematics and Education: Collaboration in Practice: Hyman Bass -- Deborah Loewenberg Ball -- Reflections on Collaboration between Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Patrick W. Thompson -- With contributions by: Michéle Artigue, Günter Törner, Ehud de Shalit -- Postscript -- We Must Cultivate Our Common Ground: Jeremy Kilpatrick -- Appendix 1.  Ted Eisenberg, Teacher, Colleague, and Friend -- Ted as advisor and colleague: Tommy Dreyfus -- Thank you, Ted!: Francis Lowenthal -- Annotated bibliography of Ted Eisenberg’s Major Publications: Tommy Dreyfus -- Appendix 2.  Reprints of the Dialogues between Presmeg, Eisenberg, and Fried from ZDM 41(1-2).-Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400778566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 327 p. 22 illus., 7 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Mehrsprachigkeit ; Sprachwandel ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Mehrsprachigkeit ; Soziolinguistik ; Erziehung
    Abstract: This volume presents evidence about how we understand communication in changing times, and proposes that such understandings may contribute to the development of pedagogy for teaching and learning. It expands current debates on multilingualism, asking which signs are in use and in action, and what are their social, political, and historical implications. The volume’s starting-point is Bakhtin’s ‘heteroglossia’, a key concept in understanding the tensions, conflicts, and multiple voices within, among, and between those signs. The chapters provide illuminating accounts of language practices as they bring into play, both in practice and in pedagogy, voices which index students’ localities, social histories, circumstances, and identities. The book documents the performance of linguistic repertoires in an era of profound social change caused by the shifting nature of nation-states, increased movement of people across territories, and growing digital communication. "Our thinking on language and multilingualism is expanding rapidly. Up until recently we have tended to regard languages as bounded entities, and multilingualism has been understood as knowing more than one language. Working with the concept of heteroglossia, researchers are developing alternative perspectives that treat languages as sets of resources for expressing meaning that can be drawn on by speakers in communicatively productive ways in different contexts. These perspectives raise fundamental questions about the myriad of ways of knowing and using language(s). This collection brings together the contributions of many of the key researchers in the field. It will provide an authoritative reference point for contemporary interpretations of ‘heteroglossia’ and valuable accounts of how ‘translanguaging’ can be explored and exploited in the fields of education and cultural studies." Professor Constant Leung, King’s College London, UK "From rap and hip hop to taxi cabs, and from classrooms to interactive online learning environments, each of the chapters in this volume written by well-known and up-and-coming scholars provide fascinating accounts drawing on a wide diversity of rich descriptive data collected in heteroglossic contexts around the globe. Creese and Blackledge have brought together a compelling collection that builds upon and expands Bakhtin’s construct of heteroglossia. These scholars help to move the field away from the view of languages as separate bou ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword1. Heteroglossia as Practice and Pedagogy -- 2. Building on Heteroglossia and Heterogeneity: The Experience of a Multilingual Classroom -- 3. Heteroglossia, Voicing and Social Categorisation -- 4. Heteroglossia in Action: Sámi Children, Textbooks and rap -- 5. ‘The Lord is my shock absorber’: A socio-historical integrationist approach to mid-20th century literacy practices in Ghana -- 6. Translanguaging in the Multilingual Montreal Hip Hop Community: Everyday Poetics as Counter to the Myths of the Monolingual Classroom -- 7. Hip Hop Heteroglossia as Practice, Pleasure, and Pedagogy: Translanguaging in the Lyrical Poetics of “24 Herbs” in Hong Kong -- 8. Learning a Supervernacular: Textspeak in a South African Township -- 9. The Ambiguous World of Heteroglossic Computer-Mediated Language Learning -- 10. Heteroglossic Practices in the Online Publishing Process: Complexities in Digital and Geographical Borderlands -- 11. Theorizing and Enacting Translanguaging for Social Justice -- 12. Rethinking Bilingual Pedagogy in Alsace: Translingual Writers and Translanguaging -- 13. Focus on Multilingualism as an Approach in Educational Contexts -- 14. Faux Spanish in the New Latino Diaspora -- 15. Dissecting Heteroglossia: Interaction Ritual or Performance in Crossing and Stylisation? -- 16. Marking Communicative Repertoire through Metacommentary.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789401786751
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 309 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Fusari, Angelo Methodological misconceptions in the social sciences
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social sciences Research ; Methodology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung ; Forschungsmethode ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Methodologie
    Abstract: This book offers a systematic view of social analysis that will advance the communication of results between different academic disciplines. It overcomes misunderstandings that are due to the use of an unstructured variety of methodological traditions in the analysis of complex socioeconomic and political processes. The book focuses on the special features of human society: humans as subjects, non-repetitiveness and irreversibility of social actions, and the peculiar relations between necessity and possibility in human action. It defines methodological criteria, procedures and rules that enable researchers to select and classify realistic hypotheses to derive general principles and basic organizational features. It then applies these criteria in critical reviews of major theories and interpretations of society and history, offering clarifications and alternative proposals with regard to crucial aspects of anthropological, political, juridical, sociological, and religious thought
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Part I. Theory -- Chapter 1. Preliminary Considerations on the Method of Social Thought -- Chapter 2. The Core of the Methodological Question: Procedure, Rules and Classifications -- Chapter 3. Heterogeneity of Methods in Social Thought: Weakness or Strength - Is there a Synthesis -- Chapter 4. Social Development and Historical Processes -- Chapter 5. On the Dynamics of Societies: Is there a Universal Theory? -- Part II. Some Applications -- Chapter 6. About Anthropology -- Chapter 7. Problems of Political Theory and Action -- Chapter 8. The Foundations of Law: Juridical Objectivism versus Jus Naturalism and Juridical Positivism -- Chapter 9. Some Insight on Sociological Thought: Rationality, Relativism and Social Evolution in Boudon-Weber's Cognitive Method -- Chapter 10. Further Meditations on Ethics: Values in the Light of Religious Thought and its Opponents.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9789400759022
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 398 p. 23 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Enabling Power of Assessment 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Designing assessment for quality learning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lernen ; Beurteilung ; Evaluation ; Lernerfolg
    Abstract: This book brings together internationally recognised scholars with an interest in how to use the power of assessment to improve student learning and to engage with accountability priorities at both national and global levels. It includes distinguished writers who have worked together for some two decades to shift the assessment paradigm from a dominant focus on assessment as measurement towards assessment as central to efforts to improve learning. These writers have worked with the teaching profession and, in so doing, have researched and generated key insights into different ways of understanding assessment and its relationship to learning. The volume contributes to the theorising of assessment in contexts characterised by heightened accountability requirements and constant change. The book's structure and content reflect already significant and growing international interest in assessment as contextualised practice, as well as theories of learning and teaching that underpin and drive particular assessment approaches. Learning theories and practices, assessment literacies, teachers' responsibilities in assessment, the role of leadership, and assessment futures are the organisers within the book's structure and content. The contributors to this book have in common the view that quality assessment, and quality learning and teaching are integrally related. Another shared view is that the alignment of assessment with curriculum, teaching and learning is linchpin to efforts to improve both learning opportunities and outcomes for all. Essentially, the book presents new perspectives on the enabling power of assessment. In so doing, the writers recognise that validity and reliability - the traditional canons of assessment - remain foundational and therefore necessary. However, they are not of themselves sufficient for quality education
    Abstract: This book brings together internationally recognised scholars with an interest in how to use the power of assessment to improve student learning and to engage with accountability priorities at both national and global levels. It includes distinguished writers who have worked together for some two decades to shift the assessment paradigm from a dominant focus on assessment as measurement towards assessment as central to efforts to improve learning. These writers have worked with the teaching profession and, in so doing, have researched and generated key insights into different ways of understanding assessment and its relationship to learning. The volume contributes to the theorising of assessment in contexts characterised by heightened accountability requirements and constant change. The book’s structure and content reflect already significant and growing international interest in assessment as contextualised practice, as well as theories of learning and teaching that underpin and drive particular assessment approaches. Learning theories and practices, assessment literacies, teachers’ responsibilities in assessment, the role of leadership, and assessment futures are the organisers within the book’s structure and content. The contributors to this book have in common the view that quality assessment, and quality learning and teaching are integrally related. Another shared view is that the alignment of assessment with curriculum, teaching and learning is linchpin to efforts to improve both learning opportunities and outcomes for all. Essentially, the book presents new perspectives on the enabling power of assessment. In so doing, the writers recognise that validity and reliability - the traditional canons of assessment - remain foundational and therefore necessary. However, they are not of themselves sufficient for quality education. The book argues that assessment needs to be radically reconsidered in the context of unprecedented societal change. Increasingly, communities are segregating more by wealth, with clear signs of social, political, economic and environmental instability. These changes raise important issues relating to ethics and equity, taken to be core dimensions in enabling the power of assessment to contribute to quality learning for all. This book offers readers new knowledge about how assessment can be used to re/engage learners across all phases of education
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Assessment understood as enabling: A time to rebalance improvement and accountability goalsPART 1: Assessment Quality -- 2. Assessment as a generative dance: Connecting teaching, learning and curriculum -- 3. Student involvement in assessment of their learning -- 4. Large-scale testing and its contribution to learning -- 5. The role of assessment in improving learning in a context of high accountability -- PART 2: Becoming Assessment Literate -- 6. Assessment literacy -- 7. The power of learning-centered task design: An exercise in the application of the variation principle -- 8. Developing assessment tasks -- 9. Using assessment information for professional learning -- 10. Teachers’ professional judgment in the context of collaborative assessment practice -- 11. Developing assessment for productive learning in Confucian-influenced settings: Potentials and challenges -- PART 3: Teachers’ Responsibilities in Assessment -- 12. Looking at assessment through learning-colored lenses -- 13. Elements of better assessment for the improvement of learning: A focus on quality, professional judgment and social moderation -- 14. Enabling all students to learn through assessment: A case study of equitable outcomes achieved through the use of criteria and standards -- 15. Assessment and the reform of education systems: From good news to policy technology -- 16. Authentic assessment, teacher judgment and moderation in a context of high accountability -- 17. Formative assessment as a process of interaction through language: A framework for the inclusion of English language learners -- PART 4: Leading Learning and the Enabling Power of Assessment -- 18. Conceptualizing assessment culture in school -- 19. Preparing teachers to use the enabling power of assessment -- 20. Challenging conceptions of assessment -- 21. The place of assessment to improve learning in a context of high accountability -- PART 5: Digital Assessment -- 22. Designing next-generation assessment: Priorities and enablers -- 23. Seeds of change: The potential of the digital revolution to promote enabling assessment -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789401787277
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 276 p. 49 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: History ; Wildlife ; Fish ; Environmental management ; Marine sciences ; Freshwater ; Environment ; Environmental sciences ; Wildlife management ; Environmental management ; Marine Sciences ; History
    Abstract: The waters of the Indo-Pacific were at the centre of the global expansion of marine capture fisheries in the twentieth century, yet surprisingly little has been written about this subject from a historical perspective. This book, the first major study of the history of fishing in Asia and Oceania, presents the case-studies completed through the History of Marine Animal Populations (HMAP) initiative. It examines the marine environmental history and historical marine ecology of the Indo-Pacific during a period that witnessed the dramatic escalation of industrial fishing in these seas.
    Abstract: The waters of the Indo-Pacific were at the centre of the global expansion of marine capture fisheries in the twentieth century, yet surprisingly little has been written about this subject from a historical perspective. This book, the first major study of the history of fishing in Asia and Oceania, presents the case-studies completed through the History of Marine Animal Populations (HMAP) initiative. It examines the marine environmental history and historical marine ecology of the Indo-Pacific during a period that witnessed the dramatic escalation of industrial fishing in these seas
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Historical Perspectives of Fisheries Exploitation in the Indo-Pacific2. Unsettled Seas: Towards a History of Marine Animal Populations in the Central Indo-Pacific -- 3. Changing practice in the Madras marine fisheries: legacies of the Fish Curing Yards -- 4. History of shark fishing in Indonesia -- 5. A history of whaling in the Philippines: A glimpse of the past and current distribution of whales -- 6. Brackish water shrimp farming and the growth of aquatic monocultures in coastal Bangladesh -- 7. Evolution and development of the Taiwanese offshore tuna fishery -- 8. History of industrial tuna fishing in the Pacific Islands -- 9. Southern Bluefin Tuna: a contested history -- 10. The NSW steam trawl fishery on the south-east continental shelf of Australia, 1915-1961 -- 11.Exploiting Green and Hawksbill Turtles in Western Australia: the Commercial Marine Turtle Fishery -- 12. Shifting baselines or shifting currents: an environmental history of fish and fishing in the south-west capes region of Western Australia -- 13. Shark Bay snapper: science, policy, and the decline and recovery of a marine recreational fishery -- 14. Conclusion: Learning from Asian and Indo-Pacific Fisheries History.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401780414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 446 p. 24 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 304
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The history of physics in Cuba
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; History ; Regional economics ; Spatial economics ; Physics ; Physics ; Science History ; Regional planning ; Regional economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kuba ; Physik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book brings together a broad spectrum of authors, both from inside and from outside Cuba, who describe the development of Cuba's scientific system from the colonial period to the present. It is a unique documentation of the self-organizing power of a local scientific community engaged in scientific research on an international level. The first part includes several contributions that reconstruct the different stages of the history of physics in Cuba, from its beginnings in the late colonial era to the present. The second part comprises testimonies of Cuban physicists, who offer lively insights from the perspective of the actors themselves. The third part presents a series of testimonies by foreign physicists, some of whom were directly involved in developing Cuban physics, in particular in the development of teaching and research activities in the early years of the Escuela de Física. The fourth part of the volume deals with some of the issues surrounding the publishing of scientific research in Cuba. Cuba’s recent history and current situation are very controversial issues. Little is known about the development and status of higher education and scientific research on the island. However, Cuba has one of the highest proportions in the world of people with a university degree or doctorate and is known for its highly developed medical system. This book focuses on a comprehensive overview of the history of the development of one specific scientific discipline: physics in Cuba. It traces the evolution of an advanced research system in a developing country and shows a striking capacity to link the development of modern research with the concrete needs of the country and its population. A little known aspect is the active participation of several “western” physicists and technicians during the 1960s, the role of summer schools, organized by French, Italian, and other western physicists, as well as the active collaboration with European universities
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; About the Contributors; Abbreviations; Introduction; Chapter 1: A Short Introduction to this Volume; Chapter 2: The Cuban "Exception": The Development of an Advanced Scientific System in an Underdeveloped Country; 2.1 Physics in a Difficult Environment; 2.1.1 Cuban Exceptionalism; 2.2 Contradictions and Developments of Cuban Economy, Culture and Science in Late Colonial Times; 2.2.1 Sugar and Tobacco in the Nineteenth Century; 2.2.2 The Role of Sugar in Making Cuba Dependent on the US for Its Modernization
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.3 Technological Developments During the Nineteenth Century2.2.4 Education and Intellectual Life in Cuba in the Nineteenth Century; 2.2.5 Academy of Science and Medicine; 2.2.6 Liberation Movements; 2.3 Cuba Between Independence, US-Interventions and Dictatorial Regimes in the First Half of the Twentieth Century; 2.3.1 The War of Liberation and Independence and the US Rule; 2.3.2 The Period of Enrique José Varona; 2.3.3 US-Exploitation of Cuban Sciences; 2.3.4 Between Republic, Autocratic Rule and Scientific Advancement; 2.3.5 The Intertwinement of Social, Intellectual and Political Growth
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.6 The Establishment of Batista's Regime and the Consolidation of the Revolutionary Movement2.3.7 Social Conditions, Cultural Ferments and Modernization in Science; 2.4 Revolution, Modernization and Political and Economic Changes Between 1960 and 1990; 2.4.1 A Revolution That Broke All Moulds; 2.4.2 In Search of New Allies; 2.4.3 The Sharp Turn of Cuba's Economy and Politics at the End of the 1960s; 2.4.4 The Crucial Leap in Education and Science; 2.5 Politico-economic Crisis and New Cooperations (1985-1999); 2.5.1 Toward the Breakdown of the USSR
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.2 The Deep Troubles of the 'Periodo Especial.' New Cooperations in a Changing World2.5.3 Cultural Vitality, Higher Education and Low-Funded Universities; 2.5.4 The Challenge of the Future in the Context of the World Crisis; References; Chapter 3: Cuba: A Short Critical Bibliographic Guide; Part I: Historical Surveys; Chapter 4: The Teaching of Physics in Cuba from Colonial Times to 1959; 4.1 General Introduction; 4.2 General Survey; 4.3 Experimental Physics vs. Scholasticism; 4.4 The Papel Periódico and the Patriotic Society for Modern Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The First Regular Courses in Physics in the Style of Félix Varela (1814-1841) 4.5.1 Félix Varela's Lecciones de Filosofía; 4.5.2 The Backwardness of the University: Arango's Reform Proposal; 4.5.3 Luz y Caballero and the Gabinete de Física del San Carlos; 4.5.4 In Search of Alternatives for the University Crisis; 4.6 The Secularized Colonial University Takes Over (1842-1898); 4.6.1 The 1840s and 1850s: The First Physics Laboratory at the University; 4.6.2 The 1863 Study Plan: The Creation of Secondary Education Institutes and of the Faculty of Sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6.3 The Academic Restrictions of 1871-1878
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction1 A Short Introduction to this Volume; Angelo Baracca, Jürgen Renn, and Helge Wendt -- 2 The Cuban “Exception”: The Development of an Advanced Scientific System in an Underdeveloped Country; Angelo Baracca -- 3 Cuba: Short Critical Bibliographic Guide; Duccio Basosi -- Part I Historical Surveys -- 4 The Teaching of Physics in Cuba from Colonial Times to 1959; José Altshuler and Angelo Baracca -- 5 Mathematics and Physics in Cuba Before 1959: A Personal Recollection; José Altshuler -- 6 A Comprehensive Study of the Development of Physics in Cuba from 1959; Angelo Baracca, Víctor Luis Fajer Avila, and Carlos Rodríguez Castellanos -- 7 Accomplishments in Cuban Physics (up to 1995); Carlos R. Handy and Carlos Trallero-Giner -- 8 Physics at the University of Oriente; Luis M. Méndez Pérez and Carlos A. Cabal Mirabal -- 9 The Training of Physics Teachers in Cuba: A Historical Approach; Diego de Jesús Alamino Ortega -- 10 Can Universities Develop Advanced Technology and Solve Social Problems?; Isarelis Pérez Ones and Jorge Núñes Jover.-Part II Reflections from the Inside -- 11 The Rise and Development of Physics in Cuba: An Interview with Hugo Pérez Rojas in May 2009; Angelo Baracca -- 12 An Interview with Professor Melquíades de Dios Leyva, December 2008; Olimpia Arias de Fuentes -- 13 Experimental Semiconductor Physics: The Will to Contribute to the Country’s Economic Development; Elena Vigil Santos -- 14 Cuban Techno-physical Experiments in Space; José Altshuler, Ocatvio Calzadilla Amaya, Federico Falcon, Juan E. Fuentes, Jorge Lodos, and Elena Vigil Santos -- 15 Superconductivity in Cuba: Reaching the Frontline; Oscar Arés Muzio and Ernesto Altshuler -- 16 The Physics of Complex Systems in Cuba; Oscar Sotolongo-Costa -- 17 Magnetic Resonance Project 35-26-7: A Cuban Case of Engineering Physics and Biophysics; Carlos A. Cabal Mirabal -- 18 Nanotechnologies in Cuba: Popularization and Training; Carlos Rodríguez Castellanos -- 19 Physics Studies at the University of Havana; Osvaldo de Melo Pereira and María Sánchez Colina -- 20 Physics and Women: A Challenge Being Successfully Met in Cuba; Olimpia Arias de Fuentes -- Part III Reflections from the Outside -- 21 The Beginning of Semiconductor Research in Cuba; Theodore Veltfort -- 22 Andrea Levialdi in Memoriam; Dina Waisman -- 23 The Andrea Levialdi Fellowship; Roberto Fieschi -- 24 A Witness to French-Cuban Cooperation in Physics in the 1970s; Jacqueline Cernogora -- 25 My Collaboration with Cuban Physicists; Fabrizio Leccabue -- 26 Scientific Cooperation Between the German Academy of Sciences in Berlin (DAW) and Cuba in the 1960s and 1970s; Helge Wendt -- 27 A Beautiful Story; Federico García-Moliner -- 28 The Current State of Physics in Cuba: A Personal Perspective; Marcelo Alonso -- 29 Engaging Cuban Physicists Through the APS/CPS Partnership; Irving A. Lerch -- 30 A Perspective on Physics in Cuba; Carlos R. Handy -- 31 Cuban/US Research Interactions Since 1995; Maria C. Tamargo -- 32 Viva La Ciencia: Cuba’s Creative Scientists Aim to Make Knowledge Their Country’s Sugar Substitute;  Rosalind Reid and Brian Hayes -- Part IV Scientific Communication and Its Conditions -- 33 Physics in Cuba from the Perspective of Bibliometrics; Werner Marx and Manuel Cardona -- 34 Contemporary Cuban Physics Through Scientific Publications: An Insider’s View; Ernesto Altshuler.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 273 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ethics and the arts
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Künste ; Ethik ; Ästhetik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book proposes that the highest expression of ethics is an aesthetic. It suggests that the quintessential performance of any field of practice is an art that captures an ethic beyond any literal statement of values. This is toadvocate for a shift in emphasis,away from current juridical approaches to ethics (ethicalcodes or regulation), toward ethics as an aesthetic practice-away from ethics as a minimal requirement, toward ethics as an aspiration. The book explores the relationship between art and ethics: a subject that has fascinated philosophers from ancient Greece to the present. It explores this relationship in all the arts: literature, the visual arts, film, the performing arts, and music. It also examines current issues raised by ‘hybrid’ artists who are working at the ambiguous intersections between art, bioart and bioethics and challenging ethical limits in working with living materials. In considering these issues the book investigates the potential for art and ethics to be mutually challenged and changed in this meeting. The book is aimed at artists and students of the arts, who may be interested in approaching ethics and the arts in a new way. It is also aimed at students and teachers of ethics and philosophy, as well as those working in bioethics and the health professions. It will have appeal to the ‘general educated reader’ as being current, of considerable interest, and offering a perspective on ethics that goes beyond a professional context to include questions about how one approaches ethics in one’s own life and practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction : Ethics and the Arts; Reference; Part I: The Arts and Ethics; Chapter 2: Literature and Ethics: Learning to Read with Emma Bovary; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Historical Background; 2.3 The Work; 2.4 Conclusion: The Ethics of Reading; References; Chapter 3: Music and Morality; 3.1 Music, Morality, and Philosophy ; 3.2 The Deep Diversity of Musical Practices; 3.3 Musical Resources and Morality; 3.4 Music, Ethos, and Education; References; Chapter 4: Modern Painting and Morality; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morality in 'Early Modern' Painting
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 The Moral Universe: Gathering of the Ashes4.2.2 Two Bathshebas; 4.3 Modern Painting to 1980; 4.3.1 The Beginnings of Modern Painting; 4.3.2 Rothko; 4.3.3 Andy Warhol; 4.4 Modern Painting from a Moral Perspective; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Photograph Not as Proof but as Limit; 5.1 Roland Barthes's Camera Lucida; 5.2 Josh Azzarella and Trevor Paglen; 5.3 Unknowability, Mystery, and Ethical Viewing; References; Chapter 6: Of Redemption: The Good of Film Experience; 6.1 Encountering Cinema; 6.2 Intersecting Ethics; 6.3 Redeeming Cinema and Ethics; 6.4 Risking Redemption
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 7: Movies and Medical Ethics; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Film as a Starting Point for Studying Medical Ethics; 7.3 Engaging Viewers and Delivering Messages Cinematographically; 7.4 Extracted Sequences Illustrate Memorable Moments of a Film's Narrative; 7.5 The Value of Informed Awareness; 7.6 Aesthetics; A Valuable Addition to the Message; 7.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The House of the Dead-The Ethics and Aesthetics of Documentary; 8.1 The Poem; 8.2 Three Characters-Jaime, Antonio and Almerindo; 8.2.1 Almerindo Act 1: 'The bells'; 8.2.2 Jaime Act 2: 'The deaths'
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.3 Antonio Act 3: 'The forgotten'8.3 Activist Documentary Making; References; Chapter 9: Embracing the Unknown, Ethics and Dance; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Spinoza's Ethics; 9.3 Training and Technique; 9.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 10: Burning Daylight : Contemporary Indigenous Dance, Loss and Cultural Intuition; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Marrugeku; 10.3 Burning Daylight Production Outline; 10.4 Contemporary Dance in a Context of Loss and Forced Removal; 10.4.1 Case Study: Researching Burning Daylight ; 10.5 Negotiating the Contemporary in the Native Title Era; 10.5.1 Case Study: Rubibi
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.5.2 Case Study: Memory of Tradition10.6 The Art of Listening; References; Chapter 11: Toward an Intersubjective Ethics of Acting and Actor Training; 11.1 Considering the Intersubjective Space 'Between' in One Performance; 11.1.1 Phenomenological Perspectives on Intersubjectivity; 11.2 Theatre and Ethics: A Brief Overview; 11.3 The Postmodern Condition and Ethics; 11.3.1 Levinas' Ethics of Ethics ; References; Chapter 12: Politics and Ethics in Applied Theatre: Face-to-­Face and Disturbing the Fabric of the Sensible; 12.1 Facing the Other; 12.2 Political Affects
    Description / Table of Contents: 12.3 Sensitising Through Participatory Theatre
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789401789356
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 455 p, online resource)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2014
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sadurski, Wojciech, 1950 - Rights before courts
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Ostmitteleuropa ; Verfassungsgerichtsbarkeit ; Ostmitteleuropa ; Verfassungspolitik
    Abstract: This is a completely revised and updated second edition of Rights Before Courts (2005, paper edition 2008). This book carefully examines the most recent wave of the emergence and case law of activist constitutional courts: those that were set up after the fall of communism in Central and Eastern Europe. In contrast to most other analysts and scholars, the study does not take for granted that they are a “force for good” but rather subjects them to critical scrutiny against a background of wide-ranging comparative and theoretical analysis of constitutional judicial review in the modern world. The new edition takes in new case law and constitutional developments in the decade since the first edition, including considering the recent disturbing disempowerment of the Hungarian Constitutional Court (which previously was probably the most powerful constitutional court in the world) resulting from the fundamental constitutional changes brought about by the Fidesz government
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface to the Second EditionIntroduction -- Part 1 -- 1. The Model of Constitutional Review In Central And Eastern Europe: An Overview -- 2. Constitutional Courts in Search if Legitimacy.- 3. The Model of Judicial Review And Its Implications -- 4. Constitutional Courts and Legislation -- Part II -- 5. Judicial Review And Protection of Constitutional Rights.- 6. Personal, Civil and Political Rights and Liberties -- 7. Socio-Economic Rights.- 8. Equality and Minority Rights.- 9. “Decommunisation”, “Lustration” and Constitutional Continuity -- 10. Restrictions of Rights.- General Literature -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789400770126
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 395 p. 38 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Discourses on Professional Learning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Applied psychology ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: This book analyses and elaborates on learning processes within work environments and explores professional learning. It presents research indicating general characteristics of the work environment that support learning, as well as barriers to workplace learning. Themes of professional development, lifelong learning and business organisation emerge through the chapters, and contributions explore theoretical and empirical analyses on the boundary between working and learning in various contexts and with various methodological approaches. Readers will discover how current workplace learning approaches can emphasise the learning potential of the work environment and how workplaces can combine the application of competence, that is working, with its acquisition or learning. Through these chapters, we learn about the educational challenge to design workplaces as environments of rich learning potential without neglecting business demands. Expert authors explore how learning and working are both to be considered as two common aspects of an individual’s activity. Complexity, significance, integrity, and variety of assigned work tasks as well as scope of action, interaction, and feedback within its processing, turn out to be crucial work characteristics, amongst others revealed in these chapters. Part of the Professional and Practice-based Learning series, this book will appeal to anyone with an interest in workplaces as learning environments: those within government, community or business agencies and within the research communities in education, psychology, sociology, and business management will find it of great interest
    Description / Table of Contents: Discourses on professional learning: on the boundary between learning and working, Christian Harteis, Andreas Rausch, Jürgen SeifriedPart I: Analytic perspective 1 - Learning in work context -- Informal learning in workplaces - understanding learning culture as a challenge for organizational development, Christoph Fischer, Bridget O’Connor -- Agentic behaviour at work: Crafting learning experiences, Michael Goller, Stephen Billett -- Practiced professional agency and collaborative creativity, Panu Forsman, Kaija Collin, Anneli Eteläpelto -- Mediating occupational learning at work, Stephen Billett -- Error Climate and the Individual Dealing with Errors in the Workplace, Alexander Baumgartner, Jürgen Seifried -- Reflection and reflective behaviour in work teams, Thomas Schley, Marianne van Woerkom -- Part II: Analytic perspective 2 - Work as learning environment -- Apprenticeship and Vocational Education, Karl-Heinz Gerholz, Taiga Brahm -- Learning in response to workplace change, Mark Tyler, Sarojni Choy, Ray Smith, Darryl Dymock -- Grasping learning during internships: The case of engineering education, David Gijbels, Christian Harteis, Vinvent Donche, Piet van den Bossche, Steffi Maes, Katrin Temmen -- Employing agency in academic settings: Doctoral students shaping their own experiences, Michael Goller, Christian Harteis -- Developing medical capacities and dispositions through practice-based experiences, Jennifer Cleland, Joseph Leaman, Stephen Billett -- ePortfolio: A Practical Tool for Self-directed, Reflective and Collaborative Professional Learning, Anna-Liza Daunert, Linda Price -- Part III: Methodological issues -- The integration of work and learning: Tackling the complexity with Structural Equation Modelling, Eva Kyndt, Patrick Onghena -- Social network analyses of learning at workplaces, Tuire Palonen, Kai Hakkarainen -- Learning through interactional participatory configurations: contributions from video analysis, Laurent Filliettaz -- Using Diaries in Research on Work and Learning, Andreas Rausch -- Part IV: Conclusion -- Interdependence on the boundaries between working and learning, Stephen Billett.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 300 p. 20 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development
    Abstract: Environmental education (EE) and education for sustainable development (ESD) are asserting their growing role in curricula around the world, yet how deeply embedded are they in the learning systems of the Pacific nations? Building on an earlier analysis in China and Taiwan, this volume expands its purview to examine the quality and extent of environmental and sustainable development education in a number of countries in the Asia-Pacific region, including China itself, Taiwan, South Korea, Japan and Indonesia. As well as offering detailed national analyses provided by Asian-Pacific academics and professionals, this work includes examples in the US and Canada and an introduction that assesses the contrasting challenges and positive commonalities among diverse education systems. The chapters reflect leading-edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience, and at the same time as detailing locally relevant and culturally appropriate strategies they also provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of education for sustainable development elsewhere. In doing so, they mirror the global nature of environmental issues as well as the local nature of the solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Series Editors’ Introduction; John Chi-Kin Lee, Michael Williams and Philip StimpsonPART I: BROAD THEMES AND ISSUES -- Chapter 1: Introduction: Schooling and Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) across the Pacific; John Chi-Kin Lee and Rob Efird -- Chapter 2: It’s not that Simple Anymore: Engaging the Politics of Culture and Identity within Environmental Education/Education for Sustainable Development (EE/ESD); Paul Hart and Catherine Hart -- Chapter 3: Researching Teachers' Thinking about Education for Sustainable Development; John Fien and Rupert Maclean -- Chapter 4: Excellence in Environmental Education for Elementary and Secondary Schools in the United States; Bora Simmons -- PART II: CASE STUDIES / COUNTRY EXPERIENCES -- Chapter 5: Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in Chinese Schools: Rural-Urban Difference and Regional Variation in East and West China; Yushan Duan, John Chi-Kin Lee and Xiaoxu Lu -- Chapter 6: ESD Projects in Japanese Schools and in Non-Formal Education in Japan; Osamu Abe -- Chapter 7: The Development of Environmental Education Policy and Programs in Korea: Promoting Sustainable Development in School Environmental Education; Hye-Eun Chu and Yeon-A Son -- Chapter 8: The Environment, Sustainability and Universities in Indonesia: An Examination of the Nexus; Ko Nomura and Eko Agus Suyono -- Chapter 9: “Green Universities” in China: Concepts and Actions; Huang Yu and John Chi-Kin Lee -- Chapter 10: The Sustainable Development of Indigenous Peoples’ Education in Taiwan; Shih-Tsen Liu, Yu-Ling Hsu and Wen-Hui Lin -- Chapter 11: ESD Projects, Initiatives and Research in Hong Kong and Mainland China; Eric Po Keung Tsang and John Chi Kin Lee -- Chapter 12: Education for Sustainable Development in Macao Secondary Schools: Issues and Challenges; William Hing-tong Ma and John Chi-Kin Lee -- Chapter 13: Programmatic Implementation of Environmental Education in an Elementary Educator Preparation Program: A Case Study; Christine Moseley, Blanche Desjean-Perrotta and Courtney Crim -- Chapter 14: Making the Transition to Sustainability: Marshaling the Contributions of the Many; Gregory Smith -- Chapter 15: Closing the Green Gap: Policy and Practice in Chinese Environmental Education; Robert Efird -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9789401788458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 315 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 49
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research
    Abstract: This book demonstrates how the conceptual resources of contemporary French philosophy from the early 20thCentury to the present day can be applied to give us new perspectives on business ethics and the ethics of organizations. In providing an overview of possible applications,the book covers a wide range of philosophers, philosophical movements and perspectives, and provides detailed analyses of core materials relevant to business ethics. It explores and analyzes French philosophy, taking into account phenomenology,existentialism, French epistemology, structuralism, post-structuralism,deconstruction and postmodernism as well as recent discussions of philosophy of organizations and management. Each chapter contains suggestions for further reading and educational illustrations of possible applications to the mainstream business ethics and ethics of organization literature
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction: Basic concepts of business ethics2. Early contemporary French philosophy and business ethics -- 3. Phenomenology and existentialism -- 4. The epistemological tradition and organizations -- 5. Structuralism and post-structuralism -- 6. Postmodernism and hyper modernism -- 7. Discussion: What can French philosophy do for business ethics?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772359
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 268 p. 11 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 108
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Regional planning ; Architecture ; Geography ; Geography ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Stadt ; Stadtbild ; Stadtplanung
    Abstract: This book examines the paradoxes, challenges, potential and problems of urban living. It understands cities as they are, rather than as they may be marketed or branded. All cities have much in common, yet the differences are important. They form the basis of both imaginative policy development and productive experiences of urban life. The phrase ‘city imaging’ is often used in public discourse, but rarely defined. It refers to the ways that particular cities are branded and marketed. It is based on the assumption that urban representations can be transformed to develop tourism and attract businesses and in-demand workers to one city in preference to another. However, such a strategy is imprecise. History, subjectivity, bias and prejudice are difficult to temper to the needs of either economic development or social justice. The taste, smell, sounds and architecture of a place all combine to construct the image of a city. For researchers, policy makers, activists and citizens, the challenge is to use or transform this image. The objective of this book is to help the reader define, understand and apply this process. After a war on terror, a credit crunch and a recession, cities still do matter. Even as the de-territorialization of the worldwide web enables the free flow of money, music and ideas across national borders, cities remain important. City Imaging: Regeneration, Renewal, Decay surveys the iconography of urbanity and explores what happens when branding is emphasized over living
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction:  Sliced Cities: Tara BrabazonSection One - Disconnection: 1: Glasgow the brand:  Whose story is it anyway?: Mhairi Lennon -- 2: My state had a mining boom and all I got was this lousy train-line: Leanne McRae -- 3: Swan Valley Sideways:  Economic development through taste and tourism in Western Australia: Tara Brabazon -- 4: The Atrium:  a convergence of education, leisure and consumption: Danny Hagan -- 5: Culture of car parks or car parking cultures?: Zuzana Blazeckova -- 6: Sticky Brighton:  Dog Excrement in Brighton and Hove public areas: Ana Kvalheim -- 7: Hacking the City:  Disability and access in cities made of software: David Cake and Mike Kent -- 8: Security and the City:  The CHOGM Lockdown: Leanne McRae -- 9: Luanda:  Running on the wrong track towards global acceptance: Boniswa Vaz Contreires -- Fado: Faracy Grouse -- Section Two - Intervention: 10: When Bohemia becomes a business:  City Lights, Columbus Avenue and the future of San Francisco: Tara Brabazon -- 11: Working the crowds:  street performances in public spaces: Andrew Carlin -- 12: Third tier rave towns:  The orbit in Morley: Nick Dunn -- 13: Beats by the Bay:  Sixties San Francisco music and the development of a Contemporary Tourism Industry: Nadine Caouette -- 14: Brighton Sound?  Cities, music and distinctiveness: Abigail Edwards -- 15: Makkah Al-Mukaaramah:  A Second Tier City for Religious Tourism: Saeed Al Amoudy -- 16: Unseen Napa: QR codes as virtual portals: Mick Winter -- 17: Osaka in and out of the Nation:  Neoliberal Spatial Gestures for the Globally Competitive City-Region: Joel Matthews -- 18: Brand Wellington:  When city imaging is GLAM’ed: Tara Brabazon -- Conclusion:  Imaging injustice: Tara Brabazon.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789400768338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 10 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mass media Law and legislation ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Ethics ; Mass media Law and legislation ; Ethics ; Computer science
    Abstract: Contributors -- List of Abbreviations -- Acknowledgments; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 1. Introduction; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 2. Three Case Studies; Donald R. Searing and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- 3. Health information in the background; Lisa M. Lee -- 4. Surveillance in the Big Data Era; Mark Andrejevic -- 5. We know where you are. And we're more and more sure what that means; Francis Harvey -- 6. Preserving life, destroying privacy; Cynthia M. Jones -- 7. When cutting edge technology meets clinical practice; Katherine D. Seelman, Linda M. Hartman, and Daihua Yu -- 8 Ethics and pervasive augmented reality; Bo Brinkman -- 9. This is an intervention; Katie Shilton -- 10. Applying “Moral Responsibility for Computing Artifacts” to PICT; Keith W. Miller -- 11. Principles for the ethical guidance of PICT; Kenneth D. Pimple -- Glossary -- Index
    Abstract: This book provides a wide and deep perspective on the ethical issues raised by pervasive information and communication technology (PICT) - small, powerful, and often inexpensive Internet-connected computing devices and systems. It describes complex and unfamiliar technologies and their implications, including the transformative potential of augmented reality, the power of location-linked information, and the uses of “big data,” and explains potential threats, including privacy invaded, security violated, and independence compromised, often through widespread and lucrative manipulation. PICT is changing how we live, providing entertainment, useful tools, and life-saving systems. But the very smartphones that connect us to each other and to unlimited knowledge also provide a stream of data to systems that can be used for targeted advertising or police surveillance. Paradoxically, PICT expands our personal horizons while weaving a web that may ensnare whole communities. Chapters describe particular cases of PICT gone wrong, but also highlight its general utility. Every chapter includes ethical analysis and guidance, both specific and general. Topics are as focused as the Stuxnet worm and as broad as the innumerable ways new technologies are transforming medical care. Written for a broad audience and suitable for classes in emerging technologies, the book is an example of anticipatory ethics - “ethical analysis aimed at influencing the development of new technologies” (Deborah Johnson 2010). The growth of PICT is outpacing the development of regulations and laws to protect individuals, organizations, and nations from unintended harm and malicious havoc. This book alerts users to some of the hazards of PICT; encourages designers, developers, and merchants of PICT to take seriously their ethical responsibilities - if only to “do no harm” - before their products go public; and introduces citizens and policy makers to challenges and opportunities that must not be ignored
    Description / Table of Contents: ContributorsList of Abbreviations -- Acknowledgments; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 1. Introduction; Kenneth D. Pimple -- 2. Three Case Studies; Donald R. Searing and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- 3. Health information in the background; Lisa M. Lee -- 4. Surveillance in the Big Data Era; Mark Andrejevic -- 5. We know where you are. And we're more and more sure what that means; Francis Harvey -- 6. Preserving life, destroying privacy; Cynthia M. Jones -- 7. When cutting edge technology meets clinical practice; Katherine D. Seelman, Linda M. Hartman, and Daihua Yu -- 8 Ethics and pervasive augmented reality; Bo Brinkman -- 9. This is an intervention; Katie Shilton -- 10. Applying “Moral Responsibility for Computing Artifacts” to PICT; Keith W. Miller -- 11. Principles for the ethical guidance of PICT; Kenneth D. Pimple -- Glossary -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400767935
    Language: English
    Pages: XIX, 165 p. 30 illus
    Series Statement: Demographic Transformation and Socio-Economic Development 2
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Anthropology ; Demography
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: VIII, 221 p
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration 6
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Migration ; Geschlechterrolle ; Identität ; Diaspora ; Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400767782
    Language: English
    Pages: XIV, 330 p. 40 illus., 21 illus. in color
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 34
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Maternal and infant welfare ; Statistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Demography
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400774452
    Language: English
    Pages: XVIII, 295 p. 41 illus
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 35
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.85
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Demography ; Familie ; Sozialer Wandel ; Taiwan ; China ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Taiwan ; China ; Familie ; Sozialer Wandel
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9789400769649
    Language: English
    Pages: XVIII, 217 p. 64 illus
    Series Statement: Demographic Research Monographs, A series of the Max Planck Institute for Demographic Research
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Deutschland ; Social sciences ; Aging Research ; Demography ; Personalbedarf ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Hochschulschrift ; Deutschland Bundeswehr ; Personalbedarf ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789401790239
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 174 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Global Migration Issues 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Migration ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Migration ; Demography ; Internationale Migration ; Süd-Süd-Beziehungen
    Abstract:   This book offers innovative insights on South-South human mobility. It features a collection of papers that highlight often overlooked mobility patterns among and within regions in the global South as well as address critical realities faced by South-South migrants. This publication thoroughly investigates key issues of the migration debate, spanning from the terminological and contextual meaning of migration and development. It also critically examines some of the key features that human mobility in the global South is characterized by, including the prevalence of intra-regional and labor mobility, the role of diasporas communities in developing countries, South-South remittances patterns, the influence of environmental factors on the decision to migrate and the rising number of child migrants. By carefully moving the lens from the frequently examined South-North and North-North movements to human mobility within the Southern regions of the world, this book questions the traditional conception of the migration paradigm. It offers knowledge and insights that will help to expand the debate as well as stimulate further research on this important topic and, hopefully, promote future activities aimed at the protection of migrants and their families living in the South. As a result, it is an ideal resource for migration scholars, policy-makers and development practitioners
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: The South-South Migration and Development Nexus: Susanne Melde, Rudolf Anich, Jonathan Crush, John O. OuchoChapter 2: Inter-and Extraregional Migration in the South: The Case of Africa: Bernard M. Lututala -- Chapter 3: Labor Mobility, Regional Integration and Social Protection in Southern Economies: John O. Oucho -- Chapter 4: Diasporas in the South: Abel Chikanda and Jonathan Crush -- Chapter 5: Impact of Remittances in Developing Countries: Manuel Orozco and Caryn G. Ellies -- Chapter 6: Environmental Change and (Im)Mobility in the South: Eberhard Weber -- Chapter 7: The Migration of Children in ACP Countries: Of Their Own Free Will or by Force? Olivia Tiffoche.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401791304
    Language: English
    Pages: VIII, 579 p. 23 illus
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Consciousness ; Gefühl ; Soziologie ; Emotionales Verhalten ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziologie ; Gefühl ; Emotionales Verhalten
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400767638
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 322 p. 63 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: ASTE Series in Science Education 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teacher educators as K-12 teachers
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Science teacher educators prepare and provide professional development for teachers at all grade levels. They seek to improve conditions in classroom teaching and learning, professional development, and teacher recruitment and retention. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers: Practicing What We Teach tells the story of sixteen teacher educators who stepped away from their traditional role and entered the classroom to teach children and adolescents in public schools and informal settings. It details the practical and theoretical insights that these members of the Association of Science Teacher Educators (ASTE) earned from experiences ranging from periodic guest teaching to full-time engagement in the teaching role. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers shows science teacher educators as professionals engaged in reflective analysis of their beliefs about and experiences with teaching children or adolescents science. With their ideas about instruction and learning challenged, these educators became more aware of the circumstances today's teachers face. Their honest accounts reveal that through teaching children and adolescents, teacher educators can also renew themselves and expand their identities as well as their understanding of themselves in the profession and in relation to others. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers will appeal to all those with an interest in science education, from teacher educators to science teachers, as well as teacher educators in other disciplines. Its narratives and insights may even inspire more teacher educators to envision new opportunities to serve teachers, K-12 learners and the local community through a variety of teaching arrangements in public schools and informal education settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, Kathy Cabe TrundlePracticing What We Teach, Michael Dias -- K-12 Teaching with no Ties to University -- Policy and the Planned Curriculum: Teaching High School Biology Every Day, Carolyn S. Wallace -- Get Real! Walking the Walk to Inform Talking the Talk: Full-time Teaching in an Urban High School, Paul Jablon -- The Nail in the Coffin: How Returning to the Classroom Killed My Belief in Schooling (But Not in Public Education), Don Duggan-Haas -- K-12 Teaching During University Sabbatical -- Becoming an Elementary Teacher of Nature of Science: Lessons Learned for Teaching Elementary Science, Valarie L. Akerson, Ingrid S. Weiland, Vanashri Nargund-Joshi, Khemmawadee Pongsanon -- A Sabbatical as a Middle Grades Science Teacher: Building New Practical Knowledge for Practice, Charles J. Eick -- Ten Years Out: The Long-Term Benefits of a Year Working as a Physical Science Teacher, Lee Meadows -- Elementary Science Teaching, Then and Now, Edward L. Shaw, Jr -- Being Ready to Learn: My Experience Differentiating Science with Third Graders, Mark Guy -- K-12 Teaching in a Summer Program -- Science Teacher Educator’s Partnership Experiences Teaching Urban Middle School Students in Multiple Informal Settings, Sherri L. Brown -- Differentiating through Problem-Based Learning: Learning to ExploreMore! with Gifted Students, Neporcha Cone, Bongani Bantwini, Ethel King-McKenzie, Barry Bogan -- Learning from Fourth and Fifth Graders in a Summer School for English Language Learners, Molly H. Weinburgh, Cecilia Silva, Kathy Smith -- K-12 Teaching While University Professor -- Teaching High School Chemistry as a University Science Educator: One Small Investment with a Significant Return, MaryKay Orgill, Patricia M. Friedrichsen -- Improving Theories and Practices Through Collaborative Self-studies of Urban Science Teaching and Learning, Kenneth Tobin -- K-12 Teaching as Professor in Coteaching Role -- Gaining a New Perspective: Co-Teaching with Elementary Pre-Service Teachers,  Leslie U. Bradbury -- Reestablishing the Role of the University Professor in the Laboratory School: Re-tooling in An Elementary Classroom, Kimberly Lott -- Improving Science Teacher Education Practice: Influence from Professional Development School Involvement, G. Nathan Carnes -- Final Thoughts -- Teaching Youth Again: Reflecting on Renewal, Charles J. Eick, Laurie Brantley-Dias, Michael Dias -- Closing, Jack Hassard.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9789400727151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 215 p. 103 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Brousseau, Guy Teaching Fractions through Situations: A Fundamental Experiment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This work presents one of the original and fundamental experiments of Didactique, a research program whose underlying tenet is that Mathematics Education research should be solidly based on scientific observation. Here the observations are of a series of adventures that were astonishing for both the students and the teachers: the reinvention of fractions and of decimal numbers in a sequence of lessons and situations that permitted the students to construct the concepts for themselves. The book leads the reader through the highlights of the sequence's structure and some of the reasoning behind the lesson choices. It then presents explanations of some of the principal concepts of the Theory of Situations. In the process, it offers the reader the opportunity to join a lively set of fifth graders as they experience a particularly attractive set of lessons and master a topic that baffles many of their contemporaries
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Adventure of the Students2. Viewing the Adventure from the Perspective of Teachers and Researchers -- 3. Some Key Concepts and Terms from the Theory of Situations -- 4. The Setting for the Adventure -- 5. Description of the Center for Observation for Research in Mathematics Education -- 6. Conclusions and future directions.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9789400772991
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 319 p. 5 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Lifelong Learning Book Series 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Challenging the 'European area of lifelong learning'
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Adult education and state Europe ; Continuing education Europe
    Abstract: This book critically reflects on the context in which lifelong learning policies and practices are organized in Europe with contributions of researchers and policy makers in the field. Through a critical lens the book reinterprets the core content of the messages that are conveyed by the European Commission in the “Memorandum for Lifelong Learning”, the most important policy document in the area, which after a decade from its publication still remains the vehicle for all current developments in lifelong learning in Europe. With references to research findings, proposed actions, and applications to immediate practice that have an added value for Europeans -but which either do not appear to correspond directly to what is stipulated by the European Commission, or are completely ignored as part of the lifelong learning process- the book offers an analytic and systematic outlook of the main challenges in creating the ‘European Area of Lifelong Learning’. In times as decisive as the ones we are going through today (both in social and economic terms), a critical perspective of the practices and policies adopted by the EU Member States is essential. The book follows the same structure as the Memorandum in order to debate and critically approach in separate sections the core issues that Europe faces today in relation to the idea of making a ‘European area of Lifelong Learning’
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors1. Introduction; Maria Gravani and George K. Zarifis -- PART 1: Lifelong Learning and New Basic Skills for ll -- PART 2: Lifelong Learning and More Investment in Human Resources -- PART 3: Lifelong Learning, Innovative Teaching and Learning, and Rethinking Guidance and Counselling -- PART 4: Lifelong Learning and Valuing Learning -- PART 5: Lifelong Learning and Bringing Learning Closer to Home -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773264
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 204 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to deepen our understanding of financial crimes as phenomena. It uses concepts of existential philosophies that are relevant to dissecting the phenomenon of financial crimes. With the help of these concepts, the book makes clear what the impact of financial crimes is on the way a human being defines himself or the way he focuses on a given notion of humankind. The book unveils how the growth of financial crimes has contributed to the increase of the anthropological gap, and how the phenomenon of financial crimes now distorts the way we understand humankind. Using the existential philosophies of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Buber, Heidegger, Marcel, Tillich, and Sartre, the book sheds light on how these philosophies can help to better perceive and describe financial crimes. The book provides readers with existential principles that will help them be more efficient when they have to design and implement prevention strategies against corporate crime
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter 1- Existential/Existentiell Philosophy -- 1.1 The Precursors of Existential/Existentiell Philosophy (Kierkegaard, Nietzsche) -- 1.2 Existentiell-Ontical Philosophy (Jaspers, Buber, Marcel) -- 1.3 Existentialism (Sartre) -- 1.4 Existential-Ontological Philosophy (Heidegger) -- Chapter 2- Nietzsche and Informal Value Transfer Systems (IVTS) -- The Will to Truth -- The Nietzschean Will to Power : The Way Beyond Morality -- The Nietzschean Way Beyond Nihilism -- Informal Value Tranfer Systems (IVTS) and Nietzsche’s interpretation of interpretation -- Chapter 3- Kierkegaard and the Aesthetic/Ethical Life-View : The Issue of Money Laundering -- 3.1 Kierkegaard’s Notions of Aesthetic and Ethical Life -- 3.2Moral Reasoning and the Phenomenon of Money Laundering -- Chapter 4- Jaspers and Buber about Communication : The Issue of Bribery -- Jaspers’ View on Truth and Communication -- Buber’s View on Dialogue -- Bribery as Distorted Communication -- Chapter 5- A Heideggerian and Marcellian View on Technology : The Philosophical Challenge of Cybercrime -- Heidegger’s View on the Essence of Technology -- Marcel’s View on Technology -- Cybercrime and the Relevance of Heidegger’s and Marcel’s Philosophy -- Chapter 6- Tillichian Courage to Be, or How to Fight Fraudulent Practices : Tillich and Existentialism -- The Courage to Resist Non-Being -- The Interdependence between the Courage to Be Oneself and the Courage to Be a Part of Conmmunity -- The Courage of Despair and the Courage to Accept God’s Acceptance -- The Courage to Be and Fraudulent Practices -- Chapter 7- Organizational Life as Narrative : A Sartrean View on Prevention Strategies Against Financial Crimes -- Organizational Life as Narrative -- Fighting Financial Crimes and Pursuing the Main Objectives of Communicational Exchanges Within Organizational Life -- The Other as Partner of Communicational Exchange Within Organizational Life -- Conclusion -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400773929
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Trent, John, 19XX - Language teacher education in a multilingual context
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischlehrer ; Lehrerbildung ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This book provides a multifaceted, multilayered examination of the processes and challenges language teachers face in constructing their professional identities in multilingual contexts such as Hong Kong. It focuses on how professional and personal identities are enacted as individuals cross geographic, educational, and socio-cultural boundaries to become English language teachers in Hong Kong. It explores the construction of language teachers’ professional identities from multiple perspectives in multiple settings, including pre-service and in-service teachers from Hong Kong, Mainland China, and Western countries. Understanding the difficulties and challenges these language teachers face in their identity and professional development is of relevance to teachers and teacher educators, as well as those interested in becoming language teachers in multilingual contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. It is Not a Bad Idea for Me to Be a Language Teacher! -- 3. Cross-Border Pre-service Teachers in Hong Kong: Identity and Integration -- 4. Journeys towards teaching. Pre-service English language teachers’ understandings and experiences of teaching and teacher education in Hong Kong -- 5. Language Teachers and the Falling Language Standards in Hong Kong:  An Internet-based Inquiry -- 6. A Comparative Study on Commitment to Teaching -- 7. The construction and reconstruction of teacher identities: The case of second career English language teachers in Hong Kong -- 8. Learning, teaching, and constructing identities abroad: ESL pre-service teacher experiences during a short-term international experience programme -- 9. Identity construction in a foreign land: Native-speaking English teachers and the contestation of teacher identities in Hong Kong schools -- 10. Political Conspiracy or Decoy Marketing?: Experienced Chinese teachers’ perceptions of using Putonghua as a Medium of Instruction in Hong Kong -- 11. An Ethico-political Analysis of Teacher Identity Construction.-Conclusion: Crossing boundaries and becoming English language teachers in multilingual contexts.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400775404
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 369 p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reloading data protection
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Technology Philosophy ; Computer science ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Technology Philosophy ; Computer science ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Datenschutz ; Internationales Recht ; Datenschutz ; Internationales Recht
    Abstract: This volume brings together papers that offer conceptual analyses, highlight issues, propose solutions, and discuss practices regarding privacy and data protection. The first section of the book provides an overview of developments in data protection in different parts of the world. The second section focuses on one of the most captivating innovations of the data protection package: how to forget, and the right to be forgotten in a digital world. The third section presents studies on a recurring, and still important and much disputed, theme of the Computers, Privacy and Data Protection (CPDP) conferences : the surveillance, control and steering of individuals and groups of people and the increasing number of performing tools (data mining, profiling, convergence) to achieve those objectives. This part is illustrated by examples from the domain of law enforcement and smart surveillance. The book concludes with five chapters that advance our understanding of the changing nature of privacy (concerns) and data protection
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordAbout the Authors -- Part 1: Data protection in the world : Brazil and Poland.- 1. Data Protection in Brazil: New Developments and Current Challenges; Danilo Doneda and Laura Schertel Mendes -- 2. The effectiveness of redress mechanisms. Case study : Poland; Dorota Głowacka and Beata Konieczna -- Part 2: Forgetting and the right to be forgotten -- 3. Forgetting, Non-Forgetting and Quasi-Forgetting in Social Networking: Canadian Policy and Corporate Practice; Colin Bennett, Christopher Parsons and Adam Molnar -- 4. The EU, the US and the Right to be Forgotten; Paul Bernal -- 5. Stage ahoy! Deconstruction of the “drunken pirate” case in the light of impression management; Paulan Korenhof.- Part 3: Surveillance and law enforcement.- 6. New surveillance, new penology and new resistance: towards the criminalisation of resistance?; Antonella Galetta -- 7. Surveillance and Criminal Investigation: Blurring of Thresholds and Boundaries in the Criminal Justice System?; John Vervaele -- 8. Privatization of Information and the Data Protection Reform; Els De Busser -- 9. Quo vadis smart surveillance? Smart technologies combine and challenge democratic oversight; Marc Langheinrich, Rachel Finn, Vlad Coroama and David Wright -- 10. Surveillance of Communications Data and Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights; Nora Ni Loideain --  Part 4: Understanding data protection and privacy -- 11. Realizing the Complexity of Data Protection; Marion Albers -- 12. Forgetting about consent. Why the focus should be on “suitable safeguards” in data protection; Gabriela Zanfir.- 13. “All my mates have got it, so it must be okay”: Constructing a Richer Understanding of Privacy Concerns; Anthony Morton -- 14. Data mining and Its Paradoxical Relationship to the Purpose Limitation Principle; Liane Colonna.- 15. The cost of using Facebook: Assigning value to privacy protection on social network sites against data mining, identity theft, and social conflict; Wouter Steijn -- 16. Strong Accountability: Beyond Vague Promises; Denis Butin, Marcos Chicote and Daniel Le Métayer. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9789400751224
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 334 p. 227 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 301
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Scientific sources and teaching contexts throughout history
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Genetic epistemology ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Science, general ; Science History ; Genetic epistemology ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Genetic epistemology ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Science, general ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaftslehre ; Wissenschaft ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Making clear the meaning of "context" and highlighting the complexity hidden in the words "teaching" and "learning", this book presents comparatist approaches and emphasizes the notion of teaching as projects embedded in coherent treatises or productions
    Abstract: This book examines the textual, social, cultural, practical and institutional environments to which the expression “teaching and learning contexts” refers. It reflects on the extent to which studying such environments helps us to better understand ancient or modern sources, and how notions of “teaching” and “learning” are to be understood. Tackling two problems: the first, is that of certain sources of scientific knowledge being studied without taking into account the various “contexts” of transmission that gave this knowledge a long-lasting meaning. The second is that other sources are related to teaching and learning activities, but without being too precise and demonstrative about the existence and nature of this “teaching context”. In other words, this book makes clear what is meant by “context” and highlights the complexity of the practice hidden by the words “teaching” and “learning”. Divided into three parts, the book makes accessible teaching and learning situations, presents comparatist approaches, and emphasizes the notion of teaching as projects embedded in coherent treatises or productions.
    Description / Table of Contents: ContributorsGeneral Introduction; Alain Bernard and Christine Proust -- Part I: Holistic Approach -- The teaching context and reading from the 16th to the 19th centuries: The role of the memorization of texts in learning; Anne-Marie Chartier -- Teaching and learning medicine and exorcism at Uruk during the Hellenistic period; Philippe Clancier -- Part II: Critical Approach -- Does a master always write for his students? Some evidence from Old Babylonian scribal schools; Christine Proust -- In what sense did Theon’s commentary on the Almagest have a didactic purpose?; Alain Bernard -- Part III: Comparative Approach -- Relationships between French “practical arithmetics” and teaching?; Stéphane Lamassé -- On the transmission of mathematical knowledge in versified form in China; Andrea Bréard -- Mathematical Progress or Mathematical Teaching? Bilingualism and Printing In European Renaissance Mathematics; Giovanna C. Cifoletti -- Part IV: Zooming Approach.- Leonardo of Pisa and the Liber Abaci. Biographical elements and the project of the work; Eva Caianiello -- Didactical Dimensions of Mathematical Problems: Weighted Distribution in a Vietnamese Mathematical Treatise; Alexei Volkov -- Learning and Teaching Medicine in Late Imperial China; Florence Bretelle-Establet -- Post Face -- On the sources of the historian of science from the perspective of a history of education; Karine Chemla -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771994
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 288 p. 41 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 299
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. History of artificial cold, scientific, technological and cultural issues
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Science, general ; Science History ; Tieftemperaturphysik ; Kältetechnik ; Geschichte ; Geschichte
    Abstract: The history of artificial cold has been a rather intriguing interdisciplinary subject (physics, chemistry, technology, sociology, economics, anthropology, consumer studies) which despite some excellent monographs and research papers, has not been systematically exploited. It is a subject with all kinds of scientific, technological as well as cultural dimensions. For example, the common home refrigerator has brought about unimaginably deep changes to our everyday lives changing drastically eating habits and shopping mentalities. From the end of the 19th century to the beginning of the 21st, issues related to the production and exploitation of artificial cold have never stopped to provide us with an incredibly interesting set of phenomena, novel theoretical explanations, amazing possibilities concerning technological applications and all encompassing cultural repercussions. The discovery of the unexpected and “bizarre” phenomena of superconductivity and superfluidity, the necessity to incorporate macroscopic quantum phenomena to the framework of quantum mechanics, the discovery of Bose-Einstein condensation and high temperature superconductivity, the use of superconducting magnets for high energy particle accelerators, the construction of new computer hardware, the extensive applications of cryomedicine, and the multi billion industry of frozen foods, are some of the more dramatic instances in the history of artificial cold
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordAbout the Authors -- Table Of Contents -- The History of Artificial Cold -Historiographical issues; Kostas Gavroglu -- Investigating the Very Cold -- Early modern history of cold: Robert Boyle and the emergence of a new experimental field in 17th century experimental philosophy; Christiana Christopoulou -- James Dewar and the Road to the Liquefaction of Hydrogen; Sir John S. Rowlinson -- The cryogenic laboratory of Heike Kamerlingh Onnes: an early case of Big Science; Dirk van Delft --  Superconductivity-a challenge to modern physics; Christian Joas and Georges Waysand -- Superfluidity: how quantum mechanics became visible; Sébastien Balibar -- The physics of cold in the Cold War: “On-line computing” between the ICBM program and superconductivity; Johannes Knolle and Christian Joas -- Industries of Cold -- Domestic Ice-Making Machines 1830-1930; Simon Reif-Acherman -- Carl Linde and his relationship with Georges Claude: The cooperation between two independent inventors in cryogenics and its side effects; Hans-Liudger Dienel -- Meeting Artificial Cold: Expositions and Refrigeration, 1896-1937; Guillaume de Syon -- Consuming Cold -- The introduction of frozen foods in West Germany and its integration into the daily diet; Ulrike Thoms -- The Means of Modernization: Freezing Technologies and the Cultural Politics of Everyday Life, Norway 1940-1965; Terje Finstad -- The Invention of Refrigerated Transport and the Development of the International Dressed Meat Trade; Jonathan Rees -- 'Fresher than fresh’. Remarks on consumer attitudes towards the development of the Cold Chain in post-WWII Greece; Faidra Papanelopoulou -- Index.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400743663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 418 p. 129 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Devetak, Iztok Learning with Understanding in the Chemistry Classroom
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This volume offers a critical examination of a variety of conceptual approaches to teaching and learning chemistry in the classroom. Presenting up-to-date research and theory and featuring contributions by respected academics on several continents, it explores ways of making chemical knowledge meaningful and relevant to students as well as strategies for effectively communicating the core concepts essential for developing a robust understanding of the subject. Structured in three sections, the contents deal first with teaching and learning chemistry, discussing general issues and pedagogical strategies using macro, sub-micro and symbolic representations of chemical concepts. Researchers also describe new and productive teaching strategies. The second section examines specific approaches that foster learning with understanding, focusing on techniques such as cooperative learning, laboratory activities, multimedia simulations, and role-playing. The final part of the book details learner-centered active chemistry learning methods, active computer-aided learning, and trainee chemistry teachers` use of student-centered learning during their pre-service education. Comprehensive and highly relevant, this new publication makes a significant contribution to the continuing task of making chemistry classes engaging and effective
    Description / Table of Contents: General Preface; Contents; Contributors; Reviewers; ContentsSection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning Chemis...
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Constructing Active Learning in Chemistry: Concepts, Cognition and ConceptionsActive Learning and Chemistry Education; Constructivist Premises; Three Broad Classes of Learning Outcome; Rote Learning; Concept Learning as Meaningful; When Active Learning Goes Wrong; Learning Impediments; Grounded Learning Impediments; Pedagogic Learning Impediments; The Octet Alternative Conceptual Framework; Chemical Concepts, Chemical Learning and Correcting Conceptions; The Limitations of Models and Metaphors; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Development of Theoretical Frameworks for Understanding the Learning of ChemistryIntroduction; Representation Versus Levels of Representation of Matter; Reality Versus Representation; Explanatory Power of Symbolic and Sub-microscopic Levels of Chemical Representation of Matter; Data Source; The Implications of Johnson's Triangle for Teaching; The Expanding Triangle; The Rising Iceberg; Johnstone's Triangle Informing the Chemical Epistemology; Pedagogical Implications; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Linking the Macro with the Submicro Levels of Chemistry: Demonstrations and Experiments that can Contribute to Active/Meaningful/Conceptual LearningIntroduction; The Lack of Deep Understanding is a Real Problem of School Chemistry; Teaching for Active Learning and Conceptual Understanding; Ausubel's Theory of Meaningful Learning; Constructivism and Active Learning; Constructivist and Active Approaches to Teaching Particulate Concepts; Introduction of the Concept of the Molecule; Diffusion; Collapsing Balloons; Ever-Moving Particles; Brownian Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: Difference of Properties of a Substance and its MoleculeTemperature; Change of Physical State; The Concept of Energy; Vibrational and Rotational Spectroscopies; The Concept of the Atom; Electrons and Electron Configurations; Chemical Bonding; The Amount of Substance Concept; Quantum Chemical Concepts; Concluding Remarks; Acknowledgments; References; 4 Challenging Myths About Teaching and Learning Chemistry; Introduction; Specific Myths About Teaching and Learning; How Long Can Students Pay Attention in Lecture?; Is the Use of Clicker Questions More Effective than Frequent Online Quizzes?
    Description / Table of Contents: Can Students Successfully Answer Essay Questions in Chemistry?
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I TEACHING AND LEARNING CHEMISTRYPart I UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY CONCEPTS -- Constructing active learning in chemistry: concepts, cognition and conceptions, Keith S. Taber -- The development of theoretical frameworks for understanding the learning of chemistry, Gail Chittleborough -- Linking the Macro with the Submicro Levels of Chemistry: The Role of Active Learning by Means of Demonstrations and Experiments, Georgios Tsaparlis -- Teaching Chemistry Conceptually, Vickie M. Williamson -- Debugging Myths about Teaching and Learning Chemistry, Diane M. Bunce -- Part II STUDENTS' CHARACTERISTICS AND CHEMISTRY LEARNING -- The Role of working memory in making the Learning of Chemistry Accessible and Enjoyable, Norman Reid -- Active Learning Educational Strategies Based on the Differences Between Groups of 16-year-old Students Regarding their Gender and Academic Achievements in Chemistry, Iztok Devetak and Saša A. Glažar -- Section II APPROACHES IN CHEMISTRY TEACHING FOR LEARNING WITH UNDERSTANDING -- Part I COOPERATIVE AND COLLABORATIVE LEARNING -- Twenty-five Years of Experience with Cooperative Learning in Chemistry, George M. Bodner and Patricia A. Metz -- Problem Solving through Cooperative Learning in the Chemistry Classroom, Liberato Cardellini -- The learning company approach to promote active learning in secondary chemistry lessons, Torsten Witteck, Katharina Beck, Bettina Most, Stephan Kienast and Ingo Eilks -- Contexts as learning catalysts for students and teachers - approaches and exemplary results from the projects Chemie im Kontext and CHEMOL, Ilka Parchmann, Nina Dunker and Wiebke Endres -- Part II TEACHING STRATEGIES -- Using Worksheets with Different Levels of Guidance to Engage Students in Dynamic Simulations, Sevil Akaygün and Loretta L. Jones -- Evaluation of the Predict-Observe-Explain instructional strategy to enhance students’ understanding of redox reactions, David F Treagust, Zuzi Mthembu and A L Chandrasegaran -- Application of Case Study and Role-playing in Forensic Chemistry Education, Iwona Maciejowska, Renata Wietecha-Posłuszny, Michał Woźniakiewicz and Paweł Kościelniak -- Students' motivation levels for learning chemistry and their success on design and construct activity, Margareta Vrtačnik and Mojca Juriševič -- Section III CURRICULUM REFORM AND TEACHERS -- Fostering Active Chemistry Learning in Thailand: Towards a Learner-Centred Student Experience, Richard K. Coll, Ninna Jasoon, Chanyah Dahsah and Sanoe Charmain -- Active Learning in Computerized Chemical Education Environments, Yehudit Judy Dori and Miriam Barak -- Pre-service Chemistry Teachers` Use of Active Learning During their Practical Pedagogical Training, Vesna Ferk Savec and Katarina S. Wissiak Grm.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776128
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 442 p. 18 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Medizinische Ausbildung
    Abstract: This volume addresses all facets of faculty development, including academic and career development, teaching improvement, research capacity building, and leadership development. In addition, it describes a multitude of ways, ranging from workshops to the workplace, in which health professionals can develop their knowledge and skills. By providing an informed and scholarly overview of faculty development, and by describing original content that has not been previously published, this book helps to ensure that research and evidence inform practice, move the scholarly agenda forward, and promote dialogue and debate in this evolving field. It will prove an invaluable resource for faculty development program planning, implementation and evaluation, and will help to sustain faculty members’ vitality and commitment to excellence. Kelley M. Skeff, M.D., Ph.D., May 2013: In this text, Steinert and her colleagues have provided a significant contribution to the future of faculty development. In an academic and comprehensive way, the authors have both documented past efforts in faculty development as well as provided guidance and stimuli for the future. The scholarly and well-referenced chapters provide a compendium of methods previously used while emphasizing the expanding areas deserving work. Moreover, the writers consistently elucidate the faculty development process by highlighting the theoretical underpinnings of faculty development and the research conducted. Thus, the book provides an important resource for two major groups, current providers and researchers in faculty development as well as those desiring to enter the field. Both groups of readers can benefit from a reading of the entire book or by delving into their major area of interest and passion. In so doing, they will better understand our successes and our limitations in this emerging field. Faculty development in the health professions has now received attention for 6 decades. Yet, dedicated faculty members trying to address the challenges in medical education and the health care delivery system do not have all the assistance they need to achieve their goals. This book provides a valuable resource towards that end.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I - Introduction1. Faculty Development: Core Concepts and Principles; Yvonne Steinert -- Section II - The Scope of Faculty Development -- 2. Faculty Development for Teaching Improvement; Carol S. Hodgson and LuAnn Wilkerson -- 3. Faculty Development for Leadership and Management; Tim Swanwick and Judy McKimm -- 4. Faculty Development for Research Capacity Building; Brian Hodges -- 5. Faculty Development for Academic and Career Development; Karen Leslie -- 6. Faculty Development for Organizational Change; Brian Jolly -- Section III - Approaches to Faculty Development -- 7. Learning from Experience: From Workplace Learning to Communities of Practice; Yvonne Steinert -- 8. Peer Coaching and Mentorship; Miriam Boillat and Michelle Elizov -- 9. Workshops and Seminars: Enhancing Effectiveness; Willem de Grave, Anneke Zanting, Désirée D. Mansvelder-Longayroux and Willemina M. Molenaar -- 10. Intensive Longitudinal Faculty Development Programs; Larry Gruppen -- 11. Faculty Development Online; David A. Cook -- Section IV - Practical Applications -- 12. Faculty Development to Promote Role-Modeling and Reflective Practice; Karen V. Mann -- 13. Faculty Development for Curriculum Change: Towards Competency-Based Teaching and Assessment; Linda Snell -- 14. Faculty Development for Interprofessional Education and Practice; Liz Anderson, Sarah Hean, Cath O'Halloran, Richard Pitt and Marilyn Hammick -- 15. International Faculty Development Partnerships; Stacey Friedman, Francois Cilliers, Ara Tekian and John Norcini -- 16. Starting a Faculty Development Program; Ivan Silver -- Section V - Research and Scholarship in Faculty Development -- 17. Faculty Development Research: The ‘State of the Art’ and Future Trends; John Spencer -- 18. Promoting Scholarship in Faculty Development: Relevant Research Paradigms and Methodologies; Patricia S. O’Sullivan and David M. Irby -- 19. Faculty Development and Knowledge Translation: From Theory to Practice; Aliki Thomas and Yvonne Steinert -- Section VI - Conclusion -- 20. Faculty Development: Future Directions; Yvonne Steinert.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400776661
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 362 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Civil litigation in China and Europe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Civil law ; Civil Law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law ; China ; Prozess ; Europäische Union
    Abstract: This volume addresses the role of the judge and the parties in civil litigation in mainland China, Hong Kong and various European jurisdictions. It provides an overview and an analysis of how these respective roles have been changed in order to cope with growing caseloads and quality demands. It also shows the different approaches chosen in the jurisdictions covered. Mainland China is introducing far-reaching reforms in its system of civil litigation. From an inquisitorial procedure, in which the parties play a relatively minor role, the country is changing to a more adversarial system with increased powers for the parties. At the same time, case management and the role of the judge as it is understood in mainland China remains different from case management and the role of the judge in Western countries, mainly as regards the limited powers of individual Chinese judges in this respect. Changes in China are justified by the ever-increasing case load of the Chinese courts and the consequent inability to deal with cases in an adequate manner, even though generally speaking Chinese courts still adjudicate civil cases within a relatively short time frame (this may, however, be problematic when viewed from the perspective of the quality of adjudication). Growing caseloads and quality concerns may also be observed in various European states and Hong Kong. In these jurisdictions the civil procedural systems have a relatively adversarial character and it is some of the adversarial features of the existing systems of procedure which are felt to be problematic. Therefore, the lawmakers have opted for increasing the powers of the judge, often making the judge and the parties mutually responsible for the proper conduct of civil cases. Starting from opposite directions, mainland China and the various European states and Hong Kong could meet half way in their reform attempts. This is, however, only possible if a proper understanding is fostered of the developments in these different parts of the World. Even though in both China and Europe the academic community and lawmakers are showing a keen interest in the relevant developments abroad, a study addressing the role of the judge and the parties in civil litigation in both China and Europe is still missing. This book aims to fill this gap in the existing literature
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements.- List of Abbreviations.- About the AuthorsTable of Contents.- Introduction; C.H. (Remco) van Rhee and Fu Yulin.- Part 1  China: Mainland.- China: Mainland. Efficiency at the Expense of Quality?; Wang Yaxin and Fu Yulin.- Case Management in China’s Civil Justice System; Cai Yanmin.- From ‘Trial Management’ to ‘Case Management’ in China; Wang Fuhua.- Part 2 China: Hong Kong.- China: Hong Kong. Selective Adoption of the English Woolf Reforms; Peter Chan, David Chan and Chen Lei.- Impact of Civil Justice Reform on Alternative Dispute Resolution: A Hong Kong Prospective; Christopher To.- Part 3 Austria and Germany.- Austria and Germany: A History of Successful Reforms; Andrea Wall.- The Austrian Model of Cooperation between the Judges and the Parties; Irmgard Griss.- ‘Mediation Judges’ in Germany: Mutual interference of EU standards and national developments; Burkhard Hess.- Part 4  Croatia.- Croatia: Omnipotent Judges as the Cause of Procedural Inefficiency and Impotence; Alan Uzelac.- Commercial Courts in Croatia and Case Management; Mario Vukelić.- Part 5 Italy.- Italy: Civil Procedure in Crisis; Elisabetta Silvestri.- Part 6 The Netherlands.- The Netherlands: A No-Nonsense Approach to Civil Procedure Reform; C.H. (Remco) van Rhee and Remme Verkerk.- Mediation: A Desirable Case Management Tool for the Courts?; Rob Jagtenberg.- Part 7 Romania.- Romania: Procedural reforms: Plus ça change, plus c'est la même chose ; Serban Vacarelu and Adela Ognean.- ANNEX.- Case Management and Procedural Discipline in England and Wales: Fundamentals of an Essential new Technique; Neil Andrews -- Case Management in France; Emmanuel Jeuland.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789048192465
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 330 p. 29 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Conceptual profiles: a theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts /Eduardo F. Mortimer; Charbel N. El-Hani Eds.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: The language of science has many words and phrases whose meaning either changes in differing contexts or alters to reflect developments in a given discipline. This book presents the authors’ theories on using ‘conceptual profiles’ to make the teaching of context-dependent meanings more effective. Developed over two decades, their theory begins with a recognition of the coexistence in the students’ discourse of those alternative meanings, even in the case of scientific concepts such as molecule, where the dissonance between the classical and modern views of the same phenomenon is an accepted norm. What began as an alternative model of conceptual change has evolved to incorporate a sociocultural approach, by drawing on ideas such as situated cognition and Vygotsky’s influential concept of culturally located learning. Also informed by pragmatist philosophy, the approach has grown into a well-rounded theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts. The authors have taken the opportunity in this book to develop their ideas further, anticipate and respond to criticisms-that of relativism, for example-and explain how their theory can be applied to analyze the teaching of core concepts in science such as heat and temperature, life and biological adaptation. They also report on the implementation of a research program that correlates the responsiveness of their methodology to all the main developments in the field of science education. This additional material will inform academic discussion, review, and further enhancement of their theory and research model
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTIONSECTION 1 The conceptual profile: theoretical, epistemological and methodological bases of a research program -- CHAPTER 1 Conceptual Profiles: Theoretical-Methodological Bases of a Research Program -- CHAPTER 2 The Epistemological Grounds of the Conceptual Profile Theory -- CHAPTER 3 Methodological grounds of the conceptual profile research program -- SECTION 2 Empirical studies for building and using conceptual profile models for chemical, physical and biological onto concepts -- CHAPTER 4 Contributions of the sociocultural domain to define a conceptual profile for molecule and molecular structure -- CHAPTER 5 Building a Profile for the Biological Concept of Life -- CHAPTER 6 Investigating the Evolution of Conceptual Profiles of Life amongst University Students of Biology and Pharmacy: The Use Statistical Tools to Analyze the Answers of Questionnaires -- CHAPTER 7 Conceptual profile of adaptation: a tool to investigate evolution learning in biology classrooms -- CHAPTER 8 A conceptual profile of entropy and spontaneity: characterizing modes of thinking and ways of speaking in the classroom -- CHAPTER 9 The Implications of Conceptual Profile in the Teaching of Science: an example from a teaching sequence in thermal physics -- SECTION 3 Recent developments in the research program -- CHAPTER 10 Conceptual Profile as a Model of a Complex World -- CHAPTER 11 Building a profile model for the concept of Death.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401786256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 258 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. African indigenous ethics in global bioethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Afrika ; Bioethik
    Abstract: This book educates whilst also challenging the contemporary schools of thought within philosophical and religious ethics. In addition, it underlines the fact that the substance of ethics in general and bioethics/healthcare ethics specifically, is much more expansive and inclusive than is usually thought. Bioethics is a relatively new academic discipline. However, ethics has existed informally since before the time of Hippocrates. The indigenous culture of African peoples has an ethical worldview which predates the western discourse. This indigenous ethical worldview has been orally transmitted over centuries. The earliest known written African text containing some concepts and content of ethics is the “Declaration of Innocence” written in 1500 B.C., found in an Egyptian text. Ubuntu is an example of African culture that presents an ethical worldview. This work interprets the culture of Ubuntu to explain the contribution of a representative indigenous African ethics to global bioethics. Many modern scholars have written about the meaning of Ubuntu for African societies over centuries. Some scholars have viewed Ubuntu as the greatest contribution of African cultures to other world cultures. None of the scholars, however has explored the culture of Ubuntu as providing a representative indigenous ethics that can contribute to global bioethics as discussed in this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter-1 ; Introduction: The Culture of Ubuntu; 1.1 Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1 Inevitable Birth of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.1 Limited Scope of Medical Ethics and the Increasing Need for Global Bioethics; 1.1.1.2 Political Bases for the Genesis of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.3 Demographical Conditions that Necessitated Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.2 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas Appropriate Response to the Needs of the Times; 1.1.2.1 Globalization ; 1.1.2.2 Infectious Diseases ; 1.1.2.3 International Trade
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.3 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas an Unconscious Recognition of Ubuntu1.1.3.1 Humans should not be Used as Mere Means to Whatever End ; 1.1.3.2 Increasingly Obvious Need for International Bioethical Policymaking Board; 1.1.3.3 The Increasing Need to Recognize Human Basic Equality Globally ; 1.2 Exploration of Ubuntu ; 1.2.1 Meaning of Ubuntu ; 1.2.2 Ubuntu is Anthropocentric, Theocentric and Cosmocentric ; 1.2.2.1 Interdependence ; 1.2.2.2 Need for Otherness ; 1.2.2.3 Ubuntu and Unity ; 1.2.3 Ubuntu Ethics of Immortality ; 1.2.3.1 Personal Immortality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.2 The Importance of Marriage and Procreation 1.2.3.3 Ubuntu Theory of Moral Development ; 1.3 Relevance of Ubuntu Worldview ; 1.3.1 Ubuntu Existential-Relational Epistemology ; 1.3.2 Ubuntu Relational and Holistic Perspective on Human Disease ; 1.3.3 Ubuntu Communitarian Healthcare Ethics ; 1.4 Conclusion ; Chapter-2; Ubuntu Ethics; 2.1 Tension Between Individual and Universal Rights; 2.1.1 Inalienable Rights; 2.1.1.1 Personal Rights within Communitarian Context; 2.1.1.2 Individual's Personal Rights are Defined by Others' Personal Rights; 2.1.2 Human Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.2.1 Anthropological and Epistemological Perspective2.1.2.2 Otherness; 2.1.2.3 Communitarianism; 2.1.3 Reciprocity of Care; 2.1.3.1 Reciprocity as the Bond Between the Community and an Individual; 2.1.3.2 Ujamaa as Praxis of Ubuntu Reciprocity; 2.1.3.3 Importance of Marriage and Procreation; 2.2 Cosmic and Global Context; 2.2.1 Justice; 2.2.1.1 Ubuntu Justice is Reparative Rather than Retributive; 2.2.1.2 Ubuntu Justice is Distributive; 2.2.1.3 Ubuntu Justice is Communitarian; 2.2.2 Diversity; 2.2.2.1 Anthropocentrism and Respect for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.2 Otherness as Source, Objective and Rationale of Morality2.2.2.3 Tension Between Diversity, Communitarianism and Human Freedom; 2.2.3 Biosphere; 2.2.3.1 The Self and the Cosmos in Relationship; 2.2.3.2 Role of and Respect for Other Forms of Life; 2.2.3.3 Sacredness of the Biosphere; 2.3 The Role of Solidarity; 2.3.1 Common Good; 2.3.1.1 Common Ownership of the Major Means of Production; 2.3.1.2 Distribution of Wealth on the Basis of Need; 2.3.1.3 Moral Obligation to Participate in the Process of Production; 2.3.2 Social Cohesion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.1 Moral Responsibility to Participate in Community Building
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401792400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 736 p. 1332 illus., 1135 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Stichting Foundation Rembrandt Research Project 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. A corpus of Rembrandt paintings ; 6: Rembrandt's paintings revisited
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; History ; Arts ; Humanities / Arts ; Humanities ; History ; Arts ; Werkverzeichnis ; Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn 1606-1669 ; Genremalerei ; Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn 1606-1669 ; Historienmalerei
    Abstract: A revised survey of Rembrandt’s complete painted oeuvre. The question of which 17th-century paintings in Rembrandt’s style were actually painted by Rembrandt himself had already become an issue during his lifetime. It is an issue that is still hotly disputed among art historians today. The problem arose because Rembrandt had numerous pupils who learned the art of painting by imitating their master or by assisting him with his work as a portrait painter. He also left pieces unfinished, to be completed by others. The question is how to determine which works were from Rembrandt’s own hand. Can we, for example, define the criteria of quality that would allow us to distinguish the master’s work from that of his followers? Do we yet have methods of investigation that would deliver objective evidence of authenticity? To what extent do research techniques used in the physical sciences help? Or are we, after all, still dependent on the subjective, expert eye of the connoisseur? The book provides answers to these questions. Prof. Ernst van de Wetering, the author of our forthcoming book which deals with these questions, has been closely involved in all aspects of this research since 1968, the year the renowned Rembrandt Research Project (RRP) was founded. In particular, he played an important role in developing new criteria for authentication. Van de Wetering was also witness to the way the often overly zealous tendency to doubt the authenticity of Rembrandt’s paintings got out of hand. In this book he re-attributes to the master a substantial number of unjustly rejected Rembrandts. He also was closely involved in the (re)discovery of a considerable number of lost or completely unknown works by Rembrandt. The verdicts of earlier specialists - including the majority of members of the original RRP (up to 1989) - were based on connoisseurship: the self-confidence in one’s ability to recognise a specific artist’s style and ‘hand’. Over the years, Van de Wetering has carried out seminal research into 17th-century studio practice and ideas about art current in Rembrandt’s time. In this book he demonstrates the fallibility of traditional connoisseurship, especially in the case of Rembrandt, who was par excellence a searching artist. The methodological implications of this critical view are discussed in an introductory chapter which relates the history of the developments in this turbulent field of research. Van de Wetering’s account of his own i ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789401788229
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 261 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Emerging international dimensions in East Asian higher education
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Ostasien ; Ausbildung
    Abstract: In East Asia, higher education has relied heavily on private and marketized forces in its rapid development process. At the same time, state governments have introduced strong initiatives especially in upgrading the global positioning of their flagship universities through their pursuit of international competitiveness. Currently, these well-known characteristics of East Asian higher education are challenged by the necessity to formulate international dimensions for regional and global well-being, without a clear consensus as to a regional future vision. The changing roles of East Asian higher education in a new global environment have implications for academics and policy-makers who not only wish but also need to understand the most recent developments and future prospects of higher education from an East Asian point of view. In Emerging International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education, authors from a wide variety of cultural and academic backgrounds examine the changing context of East Asian higher education in the global, regional, and national dimensions The analysis and case study material in this volume are strengthened by the wealth of contributors diverse national and professional backgrounds. Most have practical experience in the formulation of higher education policy in two or more countries. The range of disciplinary perspectives that contributors brought to the book including sociology, political science, anthropology, economics, philosophy and history strengthen the multi-disciplinary approach, credibility, and uniqueness of the work.Each chapter considers the impact of the emergence of international dimensions in East Asian Higher Education through detailed consideration of trends and debates over higher education reforms at the regional, sub-regional, inter-regional and national levels. Issues such as student mobility, cross-border higher education programs, quality assurance, and demands from the market economy, among others, are examined.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Emergence of International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education: Pursuing Regional and Global Development; Introduction; Changing Landscape of Higher Education in East Asia; The Regional Dimension in Asian Higher Education; Quality Assurance in the Regional Context; The Public Nature of Higher Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Higher Education as a Public Good in a Marketized East Asian Environment; Introduction; The Setting; Globalization; Neoliberalism in Government; The Global Competition State; Higher Education in East Asia
    Description / Table of Contents: Competitive and CollaborativePublic Good and Public Goods in Higher Education; Public Goods in Economics; The Public Good; The Public Sphere; Comparative and Global Public Goods; Comparative Public Goods; Global Public Goods; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Asian Research: The Role of Universities; Introduction; The Beginnings of Asian Higher Education; The Context; A Rich and Distinctive Intellectual Tradition; Colonialism Stunted the Development of Educational Development and Knowledge Production; Asian States Treasure Their Autonomy
    Description / Table of Contents: Asian States Place a High Priority on Economic and Social DevelopmentAsian States View Human Resources as the Foundation of Development; Asian States Vary in Their Development Priorities; Defense-Related Knowledge Production Is Not a Priority; The Scale of Asian Nations Varies; New Focus on Knowledge Creation; The Purpose of Science and Technology; A Distinctive Strategy or Strategies for Knowledge Creation; The Role of the Universities; Recent Efforts to Stimulate Creative Research in the Academy and Elsewhere; Asian Science and Technology Is Gaining International Prominence
    Description / Table of Contents: Obstacles to Academic Knowledge ProductionPractical Bias; Difficult to Change Academic Field Coverage of Academic Sector; Legalism; Difficulty in Building Relations Between Academia and the Private Sector; Shortage of Qualified Researchers; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Institutional Prospects of Cross-Border Higher Education for East Asian Regional Integration: An Analysis of the JICA Survey of Leading Universities in East Asia; Introduction; Contexts and Research Questions; East Asian Integration Prospects; East Asian Higher Education Integration; Research Questions; Prior Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Method and Data SourceDefinition and Selection Methods of ``Leading´´ Universities; Leading Universities That Responded; Overview of the Questionnaire; Findings; Types of Cross-Border Activities; Expected Outcomes of Overall Cross-Border Activities; Discussion and Reflections on the Findings; References; Chapter 5: The Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia; Introduction; Background: Southeast Asia and Higher Education; Definition: What Is the Harmonization of Higher Education?; Reasons: Why Is the Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia Essential?
    Description / Table of Contents: Actors: Who Can Lead the Drive for Southeast Asian Harmonization?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9789401789721
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 722 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Learning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools is international in scope. It is addressed to policy makers, academics, education professionals and members of the wider community. The book is divided into three sections. (1) The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context, which aims to: Identify the educational, historical, social and cultural bases and contexts for the development of learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools across a range of international settings; Consider the current trends, issues and controversies facing the provision and nature of education in faith-based schools; Examine the challenges faced by faith-based schools and their role and responses to current debates concerning science and religion in society and its institutions. (2) The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools, which aims to: Identify and explore the distinctive philosophies, characteristics and guiding principles, values, concepts and concerns underpinning learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Identify and explore ways in which such distinctive philosophies of education challenge and expand different norms and conventions in their surrounding societies and cultures; Examine and explore some of the ways in which different conceptions within and among different religious and faith traditions guide practices in learning, teaching and leadership in various ways. (3) Current Practice and Future Possibilities, which aims to: Provide evidence of current educational practices that might help to inform and shape innovative and successful policies, initiatives and strategies for the development of quality learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Examine the ways in which the professional learning of teachers and educational leaders in faith-based settings might be articulated and developed; Consider the ways in which coherence and alignment might be achieved between key national priorities in education and the identity, beliefs, and the commitments of faith-based schools; Examine what international experience shows about the place of faith-based schools in culturally rich and diverse communities and the implications of faith-based schooling for societies of the future
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Contributor Biographies; Editors; Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; Introduction; Aims of the Publication; Approach; Lines of Enquiry; Part I - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling; Part II - Conceptions: Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-Based Schools; Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities; Concluding Comment; References; Part I: Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Impact of Faith-Based Schools on Lives and on Society: Policy ImplicationsIntroduction; The Cardus Study; Development of Catholic Schooling in the United States; Development of Separate Protestant Schooling in the United States; The Challenge of Islamic Schools; Policy Implications; References; Chapter 3: Values and Values Education: Challenges for Faith Schools; Introduction; Faith Schools, Values and Parental Choice; The Concept of Values; Values in Faith Schools; The Debate About Values Education; The Challenge of Values Education in Faith Schools; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Church of England Schools: Into the Third Century; Introduction; Joshua Watson: The Founding Intentions of the National Society; Free Church Schools; The Beginning of State Education 1870: Board Schools and Voluntary Schools; 1944: Establishing the Dual System; The Dearing Report; The Church School of the Future Review; Into the Future; Chapter 5: Jewish Schools and Britain: Emerging from the Past, Investing in the Future; Introduction; Historical Context; The Picture Today; Jewish Schooling and the State; Current Issues and Challenges; Pluralism; Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: Capacity Government Agenda; Curriculum; Admissions Policies; Inspection; Shifting Purposes; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Faith Related Schools in the United States: The Current Reality; Introduction; Historical Perspectives; Overview; Students; Public School Students; Faith Related School Students; The Catholic School Example; Diversity in Faith Related Schools; Staffing; Principals; Presidents and Other Leadership; Teachers; Sustainability; Expenditures; The Budget Gap and Innovative Funding; Curriculum and Effectiveness; Curriculum and Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: Teacher Training and Qualifications Academic Outcomes; Non-Academic Outcomes; Facing the Future; Appendix I; References; Chapter 7: Faith-Schools and the Religious Other: The Case of Muslim Schools; Introduction; Muslim Faith Schools; The Research Project; Muslims and Religious Diversity; Findings and Discussion; Teachers' Conception of Religious Diversity; Classroom Engagement; Co-curricular Activities; Educational Materials; Conclusions, Future Research and Policy Implications; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Identity, Belief and Cultural Sustainability: A Case- Study of the Experiences of Jewish and Muslim Schools in the UK
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction and OverviewLearning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools: Michael Reiss, Yusef Waghid, Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- Part 1 - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-based Schooling: Section editor: Michael Reiss -- 1 The impact of faith-based schools on lives and on society: Policy implications: Charles Glenn -- 2 Values and values education: Challenges for faith schools: J. Mark Halstead -- 3 Church of England schools: Into the third century: Janina Ainsworth -- 4 Jewish schools and Britain: Emerging from the past, investing in the future: Helena Miller -- 5 Faith related schools in the United States: The current reality: Joseph O’Keefe and Michael O’Connor -- 6 Faith schools and religious diversity: The case of Muslim Schools: Farid Panjwani -- 7 Belief and cultural sustainability: The experiences of Jewish and Muslim schools in the UK: Marie Parker-Jenkins -- 8 Faith-based schools and the creationism controversy: The importance of the meta-narrative: Sylvia Baker -- 9 On the idea of non-confessional faith-based education: Michael Hand -- 10 Faith schools in England- the humanist critique: Andrew Copson -- 11 Shepherding and strength: Teaching evolution in American Christian schools: Lee Meadows -- 12 Challenges faced by faith-based schools with special reference to the interplay between science and religion: Michael Poole -- 13 Sex education and science education in faith- based schools: Michael Reiss -- Part II - Conceptions: The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools: Section editor: Yusef Waghid -- 14 Faith-based education and the notion of autonomy, common humanity and authenticity: In defense of a pedagogy of disruption: Yusef Waghid -- 15 The hermeneutical competence: How to deal with faith issues in a pluralistic religious context: Gé Speelman -- 16 A faith-based ideological school system in Israel: Between particularism and modernity: Zehavit Gross -- 17 Religious values and/or human rights values? Curriculum making for an ethic of truths: Petro du Preez -- 18 Capturing green curriculum spaces in the maktab: Implications for environmental teaching and learning: Najma Mohamed -- 19 Towards a logic of dignity: Educating against gender-based violence: Juliana Claasens -- 20 Islamisation and Muslim independent schools in South Africa: Suleman Dangor -- 21 The nature, aims and values of Seventh-day Adventist Christian education: Philip Plaatjies -- 22 The Gülen philosophy of education and its application in a South African school: Yasien Mohamed -- 23 A teacher’s perspective on teaching and learning at a faith-based Muslim school in Cape Town: Omar Esau -- 24 Muslim women and cosmopolitanism: Reconciling the fragments of identity, participation and belonging: Nuraan Davids -- 25 Women, identity and religious education: a path to autonomy, or dependence? Nuraan Davids -- Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities: Section editors: Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- 26 The shaping of Ireland’s faith-based school system and the contemporary challenge to it: John Coolahan -- 27 Religious education in a time of globalization and pluralism: The example of the United States: Walter Feinberg -- 28 Classroom practice in a faith-based school: A tale of two levels: Paul Black -- 29 Faith- based schools in Japan: Paradoxes and pointers: Stuart Picken -- 30 Curriculum, leadership and religion in Singapore schools: How a secular government engineers social harmony and the ‘state interest’: Clive Dimmock, Hairon Salleh and Cheng Yong Tan -- 31 Critical fidelity and Catholic school leadership: John Sullivan -- 32 So who has the values? Challenges for faith-based schools in an era of values pedagogy: Terry Lovat and Neville Clement -- 33 Use of Islamic, Islamicised and National Curriculum in a Muslim faith school in England: Findings from an ethnographic study: Sadaf Rizvi -- 34 A mobile school- bringing education to migrant children in Goa, India: Marion de Souza -- 35 Religious Education in Japanese “Mission Schools”: A case study of Sacred Heart schools in Japan: Nozomi Miura -- 36 A systems approach to enhancing capacity of teachers and leaders in Catholic school communities to link learning, student wellbeing, values and social justice: Helen Butler, Bernadette Summers and Mary Tobin -- 37 Schools and families in partnership for learning in faith-based schools: Annie Mitchell, Judith Chapman, Sue McNamara and Marj Horne -- 38 Learning for leadership: An evidence based approach for leadership learning in faith- based schools: Michael Buchanan and Judith Chapman -- 39 Leading Australian Catholic schools: Lessons from the edge: Michael Gaffney -- 40 Faith-based non-government organizations and education in ‘post-new war societies’: Background, directions and challenges in leadership, teaching and learning: Tom O’Donoghue and Simon Clarke.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9789401789561
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 392 p. 26 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses the methodological issues involved in responsible innovation and provides an overview of recent applications of multidisciplinary research. Responsible innovation involves research into the ethical and societal aspects of new technologies (e.g. ICT, nanotechnology, biotechnology and brain sciences) and of changes in technological systems (e.g. energy, transport, agriculture and water). This research is highly multidisciplinary. It involves close collaboration between researchers in such diverse fields as ethics, social science, law, economics, applied science, engineering - as well as innovative, design-oriented and policy-relevant. Although there is a trend to engage ethicists and social scientists early in technology development, most literature in the field of Technology Assessment or Ethics of Technology is still aimed at one discipline whereas this book incorporates different approaches and to discuss experiences, lessons and more general theoretical issues
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface (Jeroen van den Hoven, Bert-Jaap Koops, Henny Romijn, Tsjalling Swierstra, and Neelke Doorn)PART 1: METHODOLOGICAL AND CONCEPTUAL ISSUES: Introduction (Jeroen van den Hoven) -- Technology Assessment for Responsible Innovation (Armin Grunwald) -- The quest for the “right” impacts of science and technology. An outlook towards a framework for responsible research and innovation (René von Schomberg) -- PART 2: INSTITUTIONAL DESIGN/GOVERNANCE.-Innovation and Responsibility: A managerial approach to the integration of responsibility in a disruptive innovation model (Xavier Pavie & Julie Egal) -- Technology Transfer of Publicly Funded Re-search Results from Academia to Industry: Societal Responsibilities? (Elisabeth Eppinger & Peter Tinnemann) -- The Assumption of Scientific Responsibility by Ethical Codes - the Legal Angle (H.C Wilms) -- ‘How (not) to reform biomedical research. A review of some policy proposals (Jan De Winter) -- PART 3: VALUES, CONFLICTS IN VALUE, VALUE AND CULTURE (VALUES IN A GLOBALIZING WORLD) -- Responsible Design and Product Innovation from a Capability Perspective (A. Mink, V.S. Parmar, P.V. Kandachar) -- Conceptualizing responsible innovation in craft villages in Vietnam (Jan Voeten, Nigel Roome, Nguyen Thi Huong, Gerard de Groot and Job de Haan).-Managing conflicting values in water systems: the necessity of cultural transitions in under-institutionalized countries’, (J.O. Kroesen & W. Ravensteijn) -- Sustainable Innovation, Learning and Responsibility (Udo Pesch) -- The family of the future: How technologies can lead to moral change (Katinka Waelbers and Tsjalling Swierstra) -- PART 4: ETHICAL AND SOCIETAL ASPECTS OF CONCRETE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS: Healthcare and medical sector -- Dilemmas of Responsible Innovation: The Case of Alzheimer’s Disease (Y. Cuijpers, H. van Lente, M. Boenink, E. Moors) -- Towards innovative neuroimaging applications in health care: guiding visions of scientists and technology developers (M.E. Arentshorst, J.E.W. Broerse, A. Roelofsen, Tj. de Cock Buning) -- Optimization of complex palliative care at home via teleconsultation (J. Hasselaar, J. Van Gurp, F. Duursma, M. Van Selm, H. Schers, E. van Leeuwen, K. Vissers) -- Privacy aspects of video recording in the operating room (Claire B. Blaauw, John J. van den Dobbelsteen, Frank Willem Jansen, Joep H. Hubben) -- Assessing the future impact of medical devices: Between technology and application (Neelke Doorn) -- Information society, Security & military technology -- Video-surveillance and the production of space in urban nightlife districts (Irina van Aalst, Tim Schwanen & Ilse van Liempt) -- Responsibly Innovating Data Mining and Profiling Tools (B. Custers, B. Schermer) -- Military Robotics & Relationality: Criteria for Ethical Decision-Making (Lambèr Royakkers and Anya Topolski) -- On Technology against Cyberbullying (Janneke M. van der Zwaan, Virginia Dignum, Catholijn M. Jonker, and Simone van der Hof).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790604
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 195 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Schule ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Kritische Pädagogik
    Abstract: This book explores schools and how they can function as social institutions that advance the interests and life chances of all young people, especially those who are already the most marginalized and at an educational disadvantage. Social justice is a key theme as the book examines the needs of youth, the concept of school culture, school/community relations, socially critical pedagogy, curriculum and leadership, and a socially critical approach to work.The Socially Just School is based upon four decades of intensive writing and researching of young lives. This work presents an alternative to the damaging school reform in which schools are made to serve the interests of the economy, education systems, the military, corporate or national interests. Readers will discover the hallmarks of socially just schools: - They educationally engage young people regardless of class, race, family or neighbourhood location, and they engage them around their own educational aspirations. - They regard all young people as being morally entitled to a rewarding and satisfying experience of school, not only those whose backgrounds happen to fit with the values of schools. - They treat young people as having strengths and being ‘at promise’ rather than being ‘at risk’ and with ‘deficits’ or as ‘bundles of pathologies’ to be remedied or ‘fixed’. - They are ‘active listeners’ to the lives and cultures of their students and communities, and they construct learning experiences that are embedded in young lives. This highly readable book will appeal to students and scholars in education and sociology, as well as to teachers and school administrators with an interest in social justice
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1 Introduction, argument and organization -- Chapter 2 Socially critical youth voice -- Chapter 3 Socially critical culture of school reform -- Chapter 4 Socially critical school/community relations -- Chapter 5 Socially critical pedagogy of teaching -- Chapter 6 Socially critical curriculum -- Chapter 7 Socially critical leadership -- Chapter 8 Socially critical approach to work -- Chapter 9 Critically educated hope.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790116
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 186 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logik ; Rationalität ; Vernunft
    Abstract: This book contains a selection of the papers presented at the Logic, Reasoning and Rationality 2010 conference (LRR10) in Ghent. The conference aimed at stimulating the use of formal frameworks to explicate concrete cases of human reasoning, and conversely, to challenge scholars in formal studies by presenting them with interesting new cases of actual reasoning. According to the members of the Wiener Kreis, there was a strong connection between logic, reasoning, and rationality and that human reasoning is rational in so far as it is based on (classical) logic. Later, this belief came under attack and logic was deemed inadequate to explicate actual cases of human reasoning. Today, there is a growing interest in reconnecting logic, reasoning and rationality. A central motor for this change was the development of non-classical logics and non-classical formal frameworks. The book contains contributions in various non-classical formal frameworks, case studies that enhance our apprehension of concrete reasoning patterns, and studies of the philosophical implications for our understanding of the notions of rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Erik Weber, Joke Meheus & Dietlinde WoutersChapter 1. Adaptive Logics as a Necessary Tool for Relative Rationality. Including a Section on Logical Pluralism; Diderik Batens -- Chapter 2. A New Approach to Epistemic Logic; Giovanna Corsi and Gabriele Tassi -- Chapter 3. Explaining Capacities: Assessing the Explanatory Power of Models in the Cognitive Sciences; Raoul Gervais -- Chapter 4. Data-driven Induction in Scientific Discovery. A Critical Assessment Based on Kepler’s Discoveries; Albrecht Heeffer -- Chapter 5. Dovetailing Belief Base Revision with (Basic) Truth Approximation; Theo A.F. Kuipers -- Chapter 6. A Method of Generating Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski’s Discussive D2 Consequence; Marek Nasieniewski and Andrzej Pietruszczak -- Chapter 7. Frontier Theory of Inquiry: Apparent Conflicts between the Ghent Logical Program and the “Darwinian” Selectionist Program; Thomas Nickles -- Chapter 8. On the Propagation of Consistency in Some Systems of Paraconsistent Logic; Hitoshi Omori and Toshiharu Waragai -- Chapter 9. Degrees of Validity and the Logical Paradoxes; Francesco Orilia -- Chapter 10. Contradictory Concepts; Graham Priest -- Chapter 11. Bloody Analogical Reasoning; Dagmar Provijn -- Chapter 12. Another Look at Mathematical Style, as Inspired by Le Lionnais and the OuLiPo; Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 13. Internalism Does Entail Scepticism; Jan Willem Wieland -- Chapter 14. Answering by Means of Questions in View of Inferential Erotetic Logic; Andrzej Wiśniewski.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790727
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 421 p. 22 illus., 15 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind
    Abstract: This book examines the nexus between the corporeal, emotional, spiritual and intellectual aspects of human life as represented in the writing of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Authors from different fields examine not only the question of the body and soul (or body and mind) but also how this question fits into a broader framework in the medieval and early modern period. Concepts such as gender and society, morality, sexuality, theological precepts and medical knowledge are a part of this broader framework. This discussion of ideas draws from over two thousand years of Western thought: from Plato in the fifth century BC and the fourth century Byzantine dialogues on the soul, to the philosophical and medical writings of the early 1700s. There are four sections to this book: each section is based on where the authors have found a conjunction between the body and mind/soul. The work begins with a section on text and self-perception, which focuses on creative output from the period. The second conjunction is human emotions which are described in their social contexts. The third is sex, where the human body and mind are traditionally believed to meet. The fourth section, Material Souls, engages with bodies and other material aspects of existence perceived, studied or utilised as material signs of emotional and spiritual activity
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordIntroduction -- Conjunction 1: Text and Self-Perception -- Chapter 1. Body vs. Soul, Text vs. Interpretation in Michael Psellos; Graeme Miles -- Chapter 2. Murdering Souls and Killing Bodies: Understanding Spiritual and Physical Sin in Late-Medieval English Devotional Works; Philippa Maddern -- Chapter 3. ‘Adam, you are in a Labyrinth’: The First-Person Voice as The Nexus Between Body and Spirit in the Chronicle of Adam Usk; Alicia Marchant -- Chapter 4. The Thin End of The Wedge: Self, Body and Soul in Rembrandt’s Kenwood Self-Portrait; Richard Read -- Conjunction 2:  Emotion -- Chapter 5. Grief and Desire, Body and Soul in Gregory of Nyssa’s Life of Saint Macrina; Michael Champion -- Chapter 6. ‘Variable Passions’: Shakespeare’s Mixed Emotions; Bob White -- Chapter7. Subtle Persuasions: The Memory of Bodily Experience as a Rhetorical Device in Francis Bacon’s Parliamentary Speeches; Daniel Derrin -- Chapter 8. Lessons in Music, Lessons in Love; Katherine Wallace -- Conjunction 3: Sex -- Chapter 9. Sex and Spirituality Among the Carolingians; William Schipper -- Chapter 10. On the Bridling of the Body and Soul of Héloise, the ‘Chaste Whore’; Laura French Moran -- Chapter 11. Keeping Body and Soul Together: Jean le Fevre and Sexuality; Karen Pratt -- Chapter 12. Paul, Augustine, and Marital Sex in Guilielmus Estius’ Scriptural Commentaries; Wim François -- Chapter 13. The Ageing of Love: The Waning of Love’s Power; Danijela Kambaskovic-Sawers -- Chapter 14. Quaint Knowledge: A “Body-Mind” Pattern Across Shakespeare’s Career; Laurence Johnson -- Conjunction 4: Material Souls -- Chapter 15. Tears in Ancient and Early Modern Physiology: Petrus Petitus and Niels Stensen; Manfred Horstmanshoff -- Chapter 16. Alchemy and The Body/Mind Question in The Work of John Donne; Michael Ovens -- Chapter 17. ‘Among The Rest Of The Senses….Proued Most Sure’: Ethics of the Senses in Early Modern Europe; Danijela Kambaskovic-Sawers -- Chapter 18. The Material Soul: Strategies for Naturalising the Soul in an Early Modern Epicurean Context; Charles T. Wolfe and Michaela van Esveld.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789401791038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 208 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Responsibility in nanotechnology development
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnologie ; Nanotechnologie
    Abstract: This book disentangles the complex meanings of responsibility in nanotechnology development by focusing on its theoretical and empirical dimensions. The notion of responsibility is extremely diversified in the public discourse of nanoscale technologies. Addressed are major disciplinary perspectives working on nanotechnology, e.g. philosophy, sociology, and political science, as well as the major multidisciplinary areas relevant to the innovation process, e.g. technology assessment and ethics. Furthermore, the interplay between such expertises, disciplines, and research programmes in providing a multidisciplinary understanding of responsibility is emphasized
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction. Nanotechnologies and the quest for responsibility; Simone Arnaldi, Arianna Ferrari, Paolo Magaudda, Francesca MarinPart 1 Scrutinizing responsibility. Theoretical explorations into an entangled concept -- Responsibility and visions in the new and emerging technologies; Arianna Ferrari, Francesca Marin -- Features of intergenerational moral responsibility in the age of the emerging technologies; Silvia Zullo -- The Role of responsible stewardship in nanotechnology and synthetic biology; Ilaria Anna Colussi -- Part 2 Technology assessment  and public engagement -- Technology assessment beyond toxicology - the case of nanomaterials; Torsten Fleischer, Jutta Jahnel, Stefanie B. Seitz -- Ethics Research Committees in reviewing nanotechnology clinical trials protocol; Viviana Daloiso, Antonio G. Spagnolo.-Governance of Nanotechnology: engagement and public participation; Giuseppe Pellegrini -- Part 3 Representations and arrangements of responsibility -- Value chain responsibility in emerging technologies; Colette Bos, Harro van Lente -- On being responsible: Multiplicity in responsible development; Sarah R. Davies, Cecilie Glerup, Maja Horst -- Nanotechnology and configurations of responsibilities in boundary organizations; Paolo Magaudda -- Who is responsible? Nanotechnology and responsibility in the Italian daily press; Simone Arnaldi -- Epilogue: Nanotechnology beyond nanotechnologies Responsible Research and Innovation: an emerging issue in research policy rooted in the debate on nanotechnology; Armin Grunwald -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9789400771673
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 231 p. 8 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: This volume offers an alternative vision for education and has been written for those who are passionate about teaching and learning, in schools, universities and in the community, and providing people with the values, knowledge and skills needed to face complex social and environmental challenges. Working across boundaries the socio-ecological educator is a visionary who strives to build community connections and strengthen relationships with the natural world. The ideas and real-world case studies presented in this book will bring that vision a step closer to reality.
    Abstract: This volume offers an alternative vision for education and has been written for those who are passionate about teaching and learning, in schools, universities and in the community, and providing people with the values, knowledge and skills needed to face complex social and environmental challenges. Working across boundaries the socio-ecological educator is a visionary who strives to build community connections and strengthen relationships with the natural world. The ideas and real-world case studies presented in this book will bring that vision a step closer to reality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Starting with stories: The power of socio-ecological narrative.-2. Social ecology as education.-3. Becoming a socio-ecological educator4. The ambitions, processes and politics of socio-ecological curriculum reform: An Aotearoa-New Zealand case study -- 5. Through coaching: Examining sports coaching using a socio-ecological framework.- 6. Through community: Connecting classrooms to community.-7. Through belonging: An early childhood perspective from a New Zealand preschool.-8. Through adventure education: Using the socio-ecological model in adventure education to solve environmental problems.-9. Through school: Ecologising schooling - a tale of two educators.-10. Outdoor education on Scotland’s River Spey: A sense of place.-11. Through Physical Education: What teachers know and understand about children’s movement experiences.-12. Conclusions and future directions: A socio-ecological renewal.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769991
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 189 p. 30 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 35
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Quelle ; Astronomie ; Vergleichende Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: As a leading scientist of the 13th century C. E. Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī wrote three substantial works on hay’a (or the configuration of the celestial orbs): Nihāyat al-idrāk fī dirāyat al-aflāk (“The Limits of Attainment in the Understanding of the Heavens”), al-Tuḥfa al-shāhīya fī ‘ilm al-hay’a (“The Royal Offering Regarding the Knowledge of the Configuration of the Heavens”), and Ikhtīyārāt-i Muẓaffarī (“The Muẓaffarī Elections”). Completed in less than four years and written in two of the classical languages of the Islamic world, Arabic and Persian, these works provide a fascinating window to the astronomical research carried out in Ilkhanid Persia. Shīrāzī and his colleagues were driven by their desire to rid Ptolemaic astronomy from its perceived shortcomings. An intriguing trail of revisions and emendations in Shīrāzī’s hay’a texts serves to highlight both those features of Shīrāzī's astronomy that were inherited from his predecessors, as well as his original contributions to this branch of astronomical research. As a renowned savant, Shīrāzī spent a large portion of his career near centers of political power in Persia and Anatolia. A study of his scientific output and career as a scholar is an opportunity, therefore, for an examination of the patronage of science and of scientific works within the Ilkhanid realms. Not only was this patronage important to the work of scholars such as Shīrāzī but it was critical to the founding and operation of one of the foremost scientific institutions of the medieval Islamic world, the Marāgha observatory. The astronomical tradition in which Shīrāzī carried out his research has many links, as well, to the astronomy of Early Modern Europe, as can be seen in the astronomical models of Copernicus
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementNote on Transliteration -- Chapter 1. Purpose and Background of Study -- Chapter 2. The Mongols in Iran -- Chapter 3. Shīrazī's Life -- Chapter 4. The Principal Astronomical Sources -- Chapter 5. Persian vs. Arabic: Language as a Determinant of Content -- Chapter 6. Conclusion -- Figures- Bibliography -- Appendix A -- Appendix B -- Appendix C -- Appendix D -- Appendix E -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789400770850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 333 p. 12 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Abstract: This book honours the academic trajectory and global impact of Philip G. Altbach, one of the most important education comparativists worldwide for over forty years. From his early writings on India and student activism to his recent work on research universities, Altbach has served as a key developer of the expansion of the field to include comparative higher education. His capacity to find, support, and gather the best minds around the world, to organize research teams in order to explore the most relevant issues on comparative higher education has earned him international recognition. His service to the field of comparative higher education is invaluable and incomparable. This festschrift contains original pieces from colleagues and former students following a twofold discussion: the most relevant topics on comparative higher education and particular Altbach’s contributions to this field of work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction; Alma Maldonado-Maldonado and Roberta Malee Bassett2. The Complexity of Higher Education. A Career in Academics and Activism; Philip G. Altbach -- PART 1: Academic Profession -- PART 2: Internationalization of Higher Education -- PART 3: Academic Mobility -- PART 4: Regional Perspectives -- PART 5: Global Perspectives -- PART 6: World-Class Universities -- PART 7: Philip G. Altbach-The Teacher -- 25. Final Remarks; Roberta Malee Bassett and Alma Maldonado.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9789400772380
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 274 p. 17 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hoffmeyer-Zlotnik, Jürgen H. P., 1946 - Harmonising demographic and socio-economic variables for cross-national comparative survey research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Statistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Statistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Demographie ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Variable ; Harmonisierung ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Demographie ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Kennzahl ; Harmonisierung ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book explains harmonisation techniques that can be used in survey research to align national systems of categories and definitions in such a way that comparison is possible across countries and cultures. It provides an introduction to instruments for collecting internationally comparable data of interest to survey researchers. It shows how seven key demographic and socio-economic variables can be harmonised and employed in European comparative surveys. The seven key variables discussed in detail are: education, occupation, income, activity status, private household, ethnicity, and family. These demographic and socio-economic variables are background variables that no survey can do without. They frequently have the greatest explanatory capacity to analyse social structures, and are a mirror image of the way societies are organised nationally. This becomes readily apparent when one attempts, for example, to compare national education systems. Moreover, a comparison of the national definitions of concepts such as "private household" reveals several different historically and culturally shaped underlying concepts. Indeed, some European countries do not even have a word for "private household". Hence such national definitions and categories cannot simply be translated from one culture to another. They must be harmonised.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Harmonisation of Demographic and Socio-Economic VariablesChapter 2. The Harmonisation Process: Harmonosation is not Translation -- Chapter 3. Existing Measurement Instruments for Data Collection -- Chapter 4. Background Variables for Cross-National Comparative Research: Data Sources -- Chapter 5. Core Social Variables and Their Implentation in Measurement Instruments -- Chapter 6. The Proposed Set of Instruments at a Glance -- Chapter 7. Comparability of Currently Available Survey Data.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774353
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 202 p. 11 illus., 7 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Research and research education in music performance and pedagogy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Music ; Education ; Education ; Music ; Musikerziehung
    Abstract: This volume is an innovative collection that transcends national boundaries and provides new knowledge about approaches to research and research education in music. The collection brings together leading thinkers and practitioners in music research from Europe, Asia, North America and Australia. The book is designed to serve as a resource for university music departments and conservatoires, and offers insights into the development of research programs in this context.
    Abstract: This volume is an innovative collection that transcends national boundaries and provides new knowledge about approaches to research and research education in music. The collection brings together leading thinkers and practitioners in music research from Europe, Asia, North America and Australia. The book is designed to serve as a resource for university music departments and conservatoires, and offers insights into the development of research programs in this context
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Practitioners at the centre: Concepts, strategies, processes and products in contemporary music research2. Evolving an artistic research culture in music: An Analysis of an Australian study in an international context -- 3. (Re-) searching artists in artistic research: Creating fertile ground for experimentation at the Orpheus Institute, Ghent -- Encouraging and training conservatoire students at undergraduate and taught-postgraduate level towards fluency in the thought-processes and methods of artistic research -- 5. Research degrees in the Conservatoire context: Reconciling practice and theory -- 6. Research skills in practice: Learning and teaching practice-based research at RNCM -- 7 -- 8. The 'little r' in Artistic Research Training -- 9. Some challenges of practice based/centred enquiry -- 10. Addressing the politics of practice-based research and its potential contribution to higher music education -- 11. Creative arts research assessment and training in Hong Kong -- 12. Complicated conversations: Creating opportunities for transformative practice in higher education music performance research and pedagogy -- 13. No two are the same: A narrative account of supervising two students through a Doctor of Musical Arts program -- 14. Weaving together disparate threads: Future perspectives for research and research education.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774766
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 342 p. 41 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Criminal Law ; Statistics ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Criminal Law ; Statistics ; Criminology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Australien ; Steuermoral ; Normverletzung ; Steuergerechtigkeit ; Steuersystem
    Abstract: This volume provides a comprehensive analysis of why taxpayers behave the way they do. It reveals the motivations for why some taxpayers comply with the law while others choose not to comply. Given the current global financial climate there is a need for governments worldwide to increase their revenue collections via improving taxpayer compliance. Research into what shapes and influences taxpayer behavior is critical in that any marginal improvement in understanding and dealing with this behavior can potentially have a dramatic impact upon government revenue. Based on Australian data derived from the data bases of the Australian Taxation Office as an example, this book presents findings that provide lessons for tax systems around the world. Regardless of the type of tax system in place, taxpayers of all nationalities are concerned about how their tax authorities deal with non-compliance and in particular how the tax authorities go about encouraging compliance and ensuring a fair tax system for all. The book presents empirical evidence concerning taxpayer compliance behavior with particular attention being drawn to the moral values of taxpayers, the perceived fairness of the tax system and the deterrent measures undertaken by revenue authorities which influence that behavior. Other issues examined include the degree to which tax penalties operate as an effective deterrent to curbing behavior and how taxpayers' level of general tax knowledge and awareness also impacts upon their actions
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsTable of Contents -- List of Appendices -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Acronyms -- Legislation -- 1 Introduction and Background -- 2 Tax Compliance Theory and the Literature -- 3 Extension of the Economic Deterrence Model -- 4 Theoretical Framework and Hypotheses Development -- 5 Quantitative Analysis of Research Findings - Evader Sample -- 6 Qualitative Analysis of Research Findings - Evader Sample -- 7 Quantitative Analysis of Research Findings - General Population Sample -- 8 Qualitative Analysis of Research Findings - General Population Sample -- 9 Further Statistical Testing and a Comparative Analysis of the Evader and General Population Samples -- 10 Conclusion -- Appendices -- Bibliography -- About the Author.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400727489
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 449 p. 101 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Environmental law ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Environmental law ; Schulpolitik ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: Today’s youth will face global environmental changes, as well as complex personal and social challenges. To address these issues this collection of essays provides vital insights on how science education can be designed to better engage students and help them solve important problems in the world around them. Assessing Schools for Generation R (Responsibility) includes theories, research, and practices for envisioning how science and environmental education can promote personal, social, and civic responsibility. It brings together inspiring stories, creative practices, and theoretical work to make the case that science education can be reformed so that students learn to meaningfully apply the concepts they learn in science classes across America and grow into civically engaged citizens. The book calls for a curriculum that equips students with the knowledge, skills, attitudes and values to confront the complex and often ill-defined socioscientific issues of daily life. The authors are all experienced educators and top experts in the fields of science and environmental education, ecology, experiential education, educational philosophy, policy and history. They examine what has to happen in the domains of teacher preparation and public education to effect a transition of the youth of America. This exciting, informative, sophisticated and sometimes provocative book will stimulate much debate about the future direction of science education in America, and the rest of the world. It is ideal reading for all school superintendents, deans, faculty, and policymakers looking for a way to implement a curriculum that helps builds students into responsible and engaged citizens
    Description / Table of Contents: Praise for Assessing Schools for Generation R (Responsibility); Foreword; Arthur J. Stewart: Responsibility; Contents; Chapter 1: Reclaiming Community As We Rethink Assessment; Roadmap for the Book; A Mission for Readers; Part I: Generation R (Responsibility); Chapter 2: Introducing Generation R; A Cultural Norm of Social Responsibility and Activism; Baby Boomers: A Generation of Social Activism; Back to the Future: A Renewed Sense of Social Activism; Embodied Knowing and Generation R Youth; School Policy in Science Education; The Intellect of Embodied Reasoning; Note; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Civic Responsibility and Science EducationA Look Back; The Common School Movement; The Movement Toward Uncommon Schools; Science Instruction in the Twenty-First Century; References; Chapter 4: Critical Civic Literacy and the Limits of Consumer-Based Citizenship; Neoliberalism and the Shift to Consumer Citizenship; Colorwashing Consumer-Citizens: Buy Green, Buy Pink; Consumer Citizenship's Dirty Hands in Science Education; Critical Civic Literacy Within Science Education; Alternatives to Consumer Citizenship: Life Beyond the Shops; Implications for Science Education Policy
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Fostering Independence: Assessing Student Development; (Dis)Ability: Focusing on What Students Bring to Classrooms; Florida: Race to Uniformity; PISA: "A Wake-Up Call"; Minnesota: The Way We Were; Capitalizing on Kyle's Knowledge: How Teachers Can Support Generation R; Tying It All Together; References; Chapter 6: Assessing Interdependent Responsibility; Introduction; What Does Educating for Responsibility Mean? Considering Learning and Assessment Within Three Types of Responsibilities; But Don't We Need to Depend on Each Other?
    Description / Table of Contents: But Is Independent Responsibility Sufficient?Concluding Thoughts; Notes; References; Part II: Responsibility with Scientific Literacy, Environmental Literacy and Experiential Learning; Chapter 7: Thinking (Scientifically) Responsibly: The Cultivation of Character in a Global Science Education Community; A Community Worldview of Science; Actions, Character, and Scientific Responsibility; Thinking and Acting in a Pluralistic World; Science Education as a Human Activity: Shared Social Inquiry; Conscience of Craft Through Socioscientific Reasoning
    Description / Table of Contents: Fostering Responsible Scientific Thinking Through AgencyThe Formation of Character in Science Education; References; Chapter 8: Assessment of Socio-scientific Reasoning: Linking Progressive Aims of Science Education to the Realities of Modern Education; Relating This Chapter to the Previous Chapter; Socio-scientific Reasoning; Origins of the Construct; Defining the Construct; Socio-scientific Reasoning and Policy; Assessment of Socio-scientific Reasoning; Teaching for Socio-scientific Reasoning; Where We Go from Here…; Appendix: SSIQ Prompt and Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Assessment Across Boundaries: How High-Quality Student Work Demonstrates Achievement, Shapes Practice, and Improves Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Reclaiming Community As We Rethink Assessment By Deborah J. Tippins, Arthur J. Stewart, and Michael P. MuellerGENERATION R (RESPONSIBILITY) -- Chapter 2 Introducing Generation R By Michael P. Mueller and Rachel A. Luther -- Chapter 3 Civic Responsibility and Science Education By Paul Theobald and John Siskar -- Chapter 4 Critical Civic Literacy and the Limits of Consumer-Based Citizenship By Cori Jakubiak and Michael P. Mueller -- Chapter 5 Fostering Independence: Assessing Student Development By Danielle V. Dennis -- Chapter 6 Assessing for Interdependent Responsibility By Molly Lawrence and Rosalie Romano -- RESPONSIBILITY WITH SCIENTIFIC LITERACY, ENVIRONMENTAL LITERACY AND EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING -- Chapter 7 Thinking (Scientifically) Responsibly: The Cultivation of Character in a Global Science Education Community By Dana L. Zeidler, Marvin W. Berkowitz and Kory Bennett -- Chapter 8 Assessment of Socio-scientific Reasoning: Linking Progressive Aims of Science Education to the Realities of Modern Education By Troy D. Sadler -- Chapter 9 Assessment Across Boundaries: How High-Quality Student Work Demonstrates Achievement, Shapes Practice, and Improves Communities By Alison Rheingold, Jayson Seaman and Ron Berger -- Chapter 10 The View from the Top of the Plateau By Fred N. Finley, Brad Johnson, and Hallie Kamesch -- Chapter 11 Benefits of Elementary Environmental Education By Ryan J. Brock and David T. Crowther -- Chapter 12 Teaching Earth Smarts: Equipping the Next Generation with the Capacity to Adapt By Bryan H. Nichols -- RESPONSIBILITY WITH DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES -- Chapter 13 Digital Technologies and Assessment in the 21st Century Schooling By Jing Lei, Ji Shen and Laurene Johnson -- Chapter 14 New Interoperable Web Tools to Facilitate Decision-making to Support Community Sustainability By Elizabeth R. Smith, Anne C. Neale, C. Richard Ziegler, and Laura E. Jackson -- Chapter 15 Is There an App For That? Connecting Local Knowledge with Scientific Literacy By George E. Glasson -- Chapter 16 Developing Collective Decision-making through Future Learning Environments By Gillian Roehrig, David Groos and S. Selcen Guzey -- Chapter 17 GameWerks Camp: Using Gaming to Foster Learning by Design By Lucas John Jensen, Gregory M. Francom, Deborah J. Tippins and Michael Orey -- Chapter 18 The Power of the Globe and Geospatial Technologies to Empower Teachers and Students in the Digital Age By Rita A. Hagevik -- RESPONSIBILITY WITH DEVELOPING LIFELONG RELATIONSHIPS -- Chapter 19 The Importance of Cultural Studies for Education: For Teachers and Policymakers in America By Barbara J. Thayer-Bacon -- Chapter 20 Culture, Environment, and Education in the Anthropocene By David A. Greenwood -- Chapter 21 Science Education in and for Turbulent Times By Kenneth Tobin -- Chapter 22 Free Choice Science Learning and Generation R By Lynn Dierking -- Chapter 23 Educating for Scientific Literacy, Citizenship, and Sustainability: Learning from Native Hawaiian Perspectives By Pauline W.U. Chinn -- Chapter 24 From Local Observations to Global Relationships By Xavier Fazio and Doug Karrow -- Chapter 25 Our Shared Forests-Ecuador and Southeast US Migratory Bird Partnership By Anne M. Shenk -- RESPONSIBILITY WITH DECISIONS, POLICYMAKING, AND LEGISLATION -- Chapter 26 Frankenstein, Monsters, and Science Education: The Need for Broad-based Educational Policy By Bradley D. Rowe -- Chapter 27 School Policy in Science Education By George E. DeBoer -- Chapter 28 Some Challenges in Planning Educational Programs for Generation R By J Myron Atkin -- Chapter 29 Re-imaging the Goals of Science Education: What Role Should Assessment Play? By Maria Rivera-Maulucci.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769434
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 340 p. 95 illus., 69 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: From energy and water resources to natural disasters, and from changing climatic patterns to the evolution of the Earth’s deep interior, geoscience research affects people’s lives in many ways and on many levels. This book offers a stimulating cross-disciplinary perspective on the important relationship between geoscience research and outreach activities for schools and for the general public. The contributors - academics, research scientists, science educators and outreach program educators - describe and evaluate outreach programs from around the world. A section entitled Field-based Approaches includes a chapter describing an initiative to engage Alaskan communities and students in research, and another on problem-based learning in the field setting. The Online Approaches section discusses ways to connect students and scientists using online forums; use of the web and social media, including the United Nations University and its experience with the design of a web magazine featuring geoscience research; and video clips on marine geoscience created by students and scientists. The section on Workshop and Laboratory-based Approaches includes a chapter on teaching geochronology to high school students, and another describing an extracurricular school activity program on meteorology. The Program Design section presents chapters on Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, on ways to bridge research with science education at the high school level, and on use of online geoscience data from the Great Lakes. The concluding section, Promoting Research-enhanced Outreach, offers chapters on Geoscience Outreach Education with the local community by a leading research-intensive university, and on the use of research to promote action in Earth science professional development for schoolteachers.Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement will benefit geoscience researchers who wish to promote their work beyond academia. It offers guidance to those seeking research funding from agencies, which increasingly request detailed plans for outreach activities in research proposals. Policymakers, educators and scientists working in museums, learned societies and public organizations who wish to widen participation will also find this book useful. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction: The Context; Geoscience and Educational Research in Outreach Activities; Perceptions of Time Matter: The Importance of Geoscience Outreach; Part II: Field-Based Approaches; Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research; 1 Introduction; 2 Motivation and Rationale of the Project; 2.1 Scientific Viewpoint; 3 Implementation and Timeline; 3.1 Approach; 3.2 Classroom Activities and Lessons; 3.3 Video as Instruction Activity: TunnelMan Series; 3.3.1 TunnelMan Episode 1: Ice on Permafrost
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 TunnelMan Episode 2: Hop-Pop TunnelMan3.3.3 TunnelMan Episode 3: Active Layer Monitoring; 3.3.4 TunnelMan Episode 4: Geomorphology; 3.3.5 TunnelMan Episode 5: Permafrost and Climate Chronology; 3.4 Manga: TunnelMan Cartoon; 3.5 Active Layer Monitoring; 4 Some Outcomes of This Project; 4.1 Permafrost Failure Impacts Rural Communities; 4.2 Ice Cellar (Sigluaqs); 5 Evaluation; 6 Summary; Overview; Background and Motivation; Innovations and Findings; Implications for Wider Practice; References; The Salish Sea Expedition: Science Outreach from the Gangplank; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Salish Sea Expedition, British Columbia, Canada3 Planning for the Salish Sea Expedition; 4 Salish Sea GeoTour Guidebook and Map; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Problem-Based Learning in the Field Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Conventional Approaches in Field Instruction; 2.1 Field Setting as an Outdoor Classroom; 2.2 Show-and-Tell Excursion; 2.3 Field Worksheets; 2.4 Guided Field Investigation; 3 PBL in the Field Setting; 3.1 What Is PBL?; 3.2 The QEF Project: PBL in the Field Environment; 4 Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Participants4.2 Instructional Design of the Project; 4.2.1 Phase One: Teacher Development Programmes; Instructional Design of the Programmes; The PBL Process; 4.2.2 Phase Two: Student Development Programmes; 4.3 Measures; 5 Impacts of the Project; 5.1 Teachers' Competence in Conducting Field PBL; 5.2 Student Learning; 6 What Makes PBL an Effective Field Instruction?; 6.1 PBL Emphasises Intentional Learning as a Goal of Instruction; 6.2 PBL Situates Learners in Highly Scaffolded Inquiry Learning; 6.3 PBL Takes Cognition, Metacognition, and Epistemic Cognition All into Account
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 PBL Emphasises on Students' Autonomy and Self-Directed Learning6.5 PBL Is Highly Structured to Enhance Both Individual and Collective Knowledge; 6.6 PBL Shifts Teachers' Roles as Facilitators and Cognitive and Metacognitive Coaches; 7 Considerations in Adopting PBL in the Field; 7.1 The Essence of Developing Teachers a PBL Frame of Mind; 7.2 Effective Teacher Professional Development as the Key to Successful Field PBL; 7.3 Empowering Students to Share the Facilitator's Role; 7.4 Prior Preparation and Follow-Up Work with the Students; 8 Conclusion; Overview; Background and Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Innovations and Findings
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- Geoscience and educational research in outreach activities, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Perceptions of time matter: the importance of geoscience outreach, Samuel A. Bowring -- PART II: LINKING GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 2. Field-based approaches -- Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research, Kenji Yoshikawa and Elena B. Sparrow -- The Salish Sea Expedition: Walking the Gangplank of Science Outreach, K. Westnedge and A. Dallimore -- Problem-based learning in the field setting, Lung Sang Chan and Loretta M. W. Ho -- 3. Online approaches -- From Local to Extreme Environments (FLEXE): Connecting students and scientists in online forums, William S. Carlsen, Liz Goehring and Steven C. Kerlin -- Communicating scientific research through the web and social media: Experience of the United Nations University with the Our World 2.0 web magazine, Brendan F.D. Barrett, Mark Notaras and Carol Smith -- Marine geosciences from a different perspective: "edutainment" video clips by pupils and scientists, J. Dengg, S. Soria-Dengg and S. Tiemann -- Small, subject-oriented educational resource gateways: what are their roles in geoscience education? -- Matteo Cattadori, Cristiana Bianchi, Maddalena Macario and Luca Masiello -- 4. Workshop and laboratory-based approaches, The European experience of educational seismology, A. Zollo, A. Bobbio, J.L. Berenguer, F. Courboulex, P. Denton, G. Festa, A. Sauron, S. Solarino, F. Haslinger and D. Giardini --  EARTHTIME: Teaching geochronology to high school students in the US, Britta Bookhagen, Noah McLean, Robert Buchwaldt, Matthew Rioux, Francis Dudás and Samuel Bowring -- Little meteorological workshop - an extracurricular school activity for pupils, Kornelija Špoler Čanić and Dubravka Rasol -- Grasping deep time with scaled space in personal environs, Bo Holm Jacobsen -- PART III: ENHANCING THE LINK BETWEEN GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 5. Programme design --  Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, Elena B. Sparrow, Leslie S. Gordon, Martha R. Kopplin, Rebecca Boger, Sheila Yule, Kim Morris, Krisanadej Jaroensutasinee, Mullica Jaroensutasinee and Kenji Yoshikawa -- Bridging scientific research and science education in high schools through authentic and simulated science experiences, Lucette Barber -- Using guided inquiry tools with online geosciences data from the Great Lakes, Sandra Rutherford -- 6. Promoting research-enhanced outreach -- Communicating Climate Science from a Data-Centered Perspective, Matt Rogers -- Geoscience Outreach Education with the Local Community, Jennifer Saltzman -- Using research to promote action in Earth science professional development for teachers, Chris King.                               .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 201 p. 7 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Modeling school leadership across Europe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Schulleitung ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book deals with effective school leadership and its essential role in improving the efficiency and equity of schooling. It provides school leaders with instruments and processes to examine the big picture of leadership as the key intermediary between the classroom, the individual school and its community, and the educational system as a whole. By doing so, it increases school leaders’ level of awareness with regards to systemic leadership. Furthermore, the book shows how organizational arrangements for schools have changed significantly over time and how school leaders have become involved in matters within and beyond their school’s borders. The book’s comparison of countries makes clear that, while school context and system-level differences have varying implications for the exercise of school leadership across countries, a number of global trends have impacted on schools across many countries around the world. In line with these changes, the roles and responsibilities of school leaders have expanded and intensified. Moreover, through the examination of school leaders’ epistemological beliefs, the book investigates the relationship between these beliefs and the exercise of school leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceAbout the Editor -- About the Contributors -- 1. The Origins of Two Research Projects: LISA and Pro-LEAD -- 2. The Conceptualization and Development of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework -- 3. Methodological Approach for the LISA and Pro-LEAD Projects -- 4. The Leadership Styles of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework across Europe -- 5. Leadership Styles and School Climate Variables of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework: An Intimate Relationship -- 6. An Italian Perspective -- 7. An English Perspective -- 8. Exploring A New Cocktail Mix in Cyprus: School Principals’ Epistemological Beliefs and Leadership Styles -- 9. In Search of the Right Leadership Cocktail Mix: Being Locally Responsive to Global Issues -- APPENDIX 1: School Leadership Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 2 : School Climate Variables Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 3: Epistemological Beliefs Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 4: Think Aloud Scenario.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773110
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 191 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: Contributions to this volume from diverse perspectives explore pedagogical practices of the contemporary world, namely the school. Themes of autonomy, authority and liberalism are surfaced in the debates and highly innovative insights presented in this book where philosophical perspectives shed light on the theoretical underpinnings of formal education and schooling. How we interpret the self, humanity and the world connects to perspectives on compulsory education. General theoretical issues surrounding compulsory education are often tested through more concrete aspects of schooling, some of which have a specific origin in, or particular bearing on, the current socio-political conditions of schooling. For this reason, this book is sensitive to context and to empirical and concrete dimensions of the educational venture, and takes into account current concerns about neo-liberal policies and their effects on schooling. As a philosophical-educational intervention in the topic of compulsory education, these chapters draw connections between older philosophical debates on compulsoriness and new developments and emphases in schooling.
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsEditor’s Introduction -- Part One: The General, Theoretical Challenges -- Chapter One: Volker Kraft, ‘Constants of Education’ -- Chapter Two: Robin Barrow, ‘Compulsory Common Schooling and Individual Difference’ -- Chapter Three: Geoffrey Hinchliffe, ‘Education, Liberty and Authority: justifying compulsory education’ -- Chapter Four: Kevin Williams, ‘Compulsion and Education as a Conversation: Are they compatible?’ -- Chapter Five: Naoko Saito, ‘Compulsion without Coercion: liberal education through uncommon schooling’ -- Chapter Six: Anders Schinkel, ‘On the justification of compulsory schooling’ -- Part Two: The Many Faces of Challenges Confronting the Compulsory -- Chapter Seven: David Blacker, ‘Compulsory Education Cycles Down’ -- Chapter Eight: Roni Aviram, ‘Is there hope for modern education systems in postmodern democracies?’ -- Chapter Nine: Kevin Williams, ‘Conscripts or volunteers?  The status of learners in faith schools’ -- Chapter Ten: Helen Lees, ‘Is the idea of compulsory schooling ridiculous?’ -- Chapter Eleven: Andrew Davis, ‘Homework: chronicles of wasted time?’ -- Chapter Twelve: Amrita Zahir, ‘Understanding Transformation’ -- Coda: Paul Gibbs, ‘Happiness and Education: Recognizing a fundamental attunement’.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 159 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and business ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ästhetik ; Unternehmensethik ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, "Ethics is aesthetics. It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive.
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, “Ethics is aesthetics.” It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive
    Description / Table of Contents: Part One: Aesthetical Dimensions of Ethical Judgments in Business1. Literature, Emotions and Ethical Judgments in Business; Ron Duska -- 2. Literature and the Canonical Values of Capitalism; Christopher Michaelson -- Part Two:  The Aesthetic Firm -- 3. The Impoverished Aesthetic of Modern Management:  Beauty and Ethics in Organization; Steven Saylor -- An Aesthetic Theory of the Firm; John Dobson -- Part Three: Art and Personal Development.-  5. Business Ethics and the Arts:  Character and Process; Dawn Elm -- 6. Wisdom, Management, and Responsibility:  Aesthetics, Moral Imagination, and System Thinking; Sandra Waddock -- Part Four:  Aesthetics and Business Ethics in the Classroom -- 7. Ethics, Morality and Art in the Classroom: Positive and Negative Relations; Daryl Koehn -- 8.  Cheat: Changing the Figure; Rich Brown and Craig Dunn -- 9. The Drama of Business Ethics; Ed Freeman and Lauren Purnell.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400743571
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 324 p. 49 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Closing the achievement gap from an international perspective
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: In a changing world that demands new skills, a vital concern of public education is the gap in academic performance between low- and high-achieving students. There is no excuse for the achievement gaps that persist among poor and minority students in schools today. All students can succeed at high levels, regardless of race, ethnicity and economic background. Several countries have successfully confronted inequities in achievement, demonstrating that any school can close achievement gaps regardless of the community they serve, and that all students can achieve at high levels when they are provided with the right opportunities. This book is about understanding what factors selected countries have applied to promote progress and what factors contribute to progress in the closing of achievement gaps. It is about creating opportunities for all students. Closing the Achievement Gap from an International Perspective: Transforming STEM for Effective Education is written in response to rising concern for the improvement of quality education - especially in mathematics and science - provided to all students. The contributors take a systematic view of the subject, beginning with a cross-national analysis of teacher qualifications and the achievement gap that spans 50 countries. The content of the book is organized in sections describing education around the globe: North and South America, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. Individual chapters offer close-up analysis of efforts to close achievement gaps in the U.S. and Canada, Mexico, England, Turkey, China, South Africa and Australia among many others. The contributors provide information on the achievement gap in mathematics and science, review current research, and present strategies for fostering improvement and raising performance with a focus on school-related variables that adversely affect educational outcomes among poor and minority students. The authors of the various chapters looked at how students’ data correlated with classroom practices, teacher instruction and academic programming, as part of their efforts to measure student growth. Qualitative and quantitative data are provided to provide evidence not only of the problem, but also for the solution. The book concludes with a chapter on promoting equality and equity to shrink the achievement gap worldwide
    Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE, Edmund W. GordonIntroduction, Julia V. Clark -- Closing the Achievement Gap: A Systemic View, Linda Darling Hammond -- Teacher Qualification and Achievement Gap: A Cross-National Analysis of 50 Countries, Motoko Akiba and Guodong Lang -- SECTION TWO: NORTH AMERICA -- Addressing the Achievement Gap in the United States, Julia V. Clark -- Closing the Science, Mathematics, and Reading Gaps from a Canadian Perspective, Larry D.Yore, Leslee Francis Pelton, Brian W. Neill, Tim W. Pelton, John Anderson, and Todd M. Milford -- Achievement Gap in Mexico-Present Situation and Outlook, Armando Sanchez Martinez -- SECTION THREE: SOUTH AMERICA -- Racial Achievement Gaps in Another America: Discussing Schooling, Outcomes and Affirmative Action in Brazil, Marcos A. Rangel and Ricardo A. Madeiria -- SECTION IV:  EUROPE -- Narrowing the Achievement Gap:  Policy and Practice in England 1997-2010 -- Geoff Whitty and Jake Anders -- The Achievement Gap in Science and Mathematics: A Turkish Perspective, Mustafa Sami Topcu -- SECTION FIVE: ASIA -- Achievement Gap in China, Gaoming Zhang and Yong Zhao -- Employing a Socio-historical Perspective for Understanding the Impact of Ideology and Policy in Educational Achievement in the Republic of Korea, Sonya N. Martin, Seung-Urn Choe, Chan-Jong Kim, Youngsun Kwak -- Closing the Achievement Gap in Singapore, Jason TAN -- SECTION SIX: AFRICA -- Equity Deferred: South African Schooling Two Decades into Democracy, Nick Taylor and Johan Muller -- SECTION SEVEN: AUSTRALIA -- Securing STEM Pathways for Australian high school students from lower SES localities, Debra Panizzon -- The Road to Excellence: Promoting Equality and Equity to Close the Achievement Gap Worldwide, Julia V. Clark.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400779174
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 187 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Campbell, Catherine Galko Persons, identity, and political theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Rawls, John 1921-2002 A theory of justice
    Abstract: This book examines the conception of the person at work in John Rawls’s writings from Theory of Justice to Justice as Fairness: A Restatement. The book aims to show that objections to Rawls’s political conception of the person fail and that a Rawlsian conception of political identity is defensible. The book shows that the debate between liberals and communitarians is relevant to the current debate regarding perfectionism and neutrality in politics, and clarifies the debate between Rawls and communitarians in a way that will promote fruitful discussion on the issue of political identity. It does this by providing a clearer account of a conception of personal identity according to which persons are socially constituted, including the intuitions and assumptions underlying the communitarians’ conception of persons as “socially constituted.” It examines the communitarian objections to liberal political theory and to the liberal conception of persons, the “unencumbered self.” The book differentiates between two types of objection to the liberal conception of persons: the metaphysical and normative. It explains Rawls's political conception of persons, and the metaphysical and normative commitments Rawls incurs-and does not incur-in virtue of that conception. It shows that both kind of objection to Rawls's political conception of the person fail. Finally, modifying Rawls’s political conception of the person, a Rawlsian conception of political identity is explained and defended.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationAcknowledgments -- Table of Contents -- Chapter 1: Political Identity, Perfectionism and Neutrality -- Chapter 2: Personal Identity and Liberal Political Theory -- Chapter 3: Clarification of the Liberal/Communitarian Debate and Metaphysical Objections to Rawls’s Conception of the Person.- Chapter 4: Taylor’s Conception of Persons and His Theory of Personal Identity.- Chapter 5: Defense of the Original Position.- Chapter 6: Objections to Rawls’s Political Conception of Persons -- Chapter 7: Defense of Rawls’s Political Conception of the Person.- Chapter 8: Rawlsian Political Identity -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771550
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 747 p. 164 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Probabilistic thinking
    RVK:
    Keywords: Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik
    Abstract: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context.
    Abstract: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context. “Uncertainty is part of our lives and we all have to deal with it and make decisions in spite of it. Ability to use ideas from probability theory as a way of quantifying uncertainty needs to be an integral part of our education at many levels and this book will surely play a useful role." - S.R.Srinivasa Varadhan, Recipient of the 2007 Abel Prize in Mathematics and the 2010 National Medal of Science “A welcome look at probability, with philosophical and psychological perspectives that offer foundations for both students and teachers of probability at the school and university levels. Very comprehensive and promises a great deal to the reader. Teachers and students will benefit from articles that clarify the competition between the frequentist and the Bayesian views of probability." - Reuben Hersh, Author of "What is Mathematics, Really?" and co-author of "The Mathematical Experience" “I often get asked why people find probability so unintuitive and difficult. After years of research, I have concluded it’s because probability really is unintuitive and difficult. This ground-breaking text acknowledges the full complexity of teaching this subject: the contributions face up to the competing interpretations of probability, emphasising the close connection to both human psychology and real-world problem-solving tasks. I am personally very pleased to see the subjective interpretation taken seriously, while also admiring the suggestions for teaching the properties of modeled randomness. A very timely and valuable book." -David Spiegelhalter, Winston Professor for the Public Understanding of Risk, University of Cambridge “The teaching and learning of probability is challenging in several ways - coordinating its three theoretical perspectives (classical, frequentist, and subjective); managing its relationship to statistics; and reconciling the counter-intuitive nature of much probabilistic reasoning. This volume presents a compreh ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Probabilistic Thinking; Series Preface; The Most Common Misconception About Probability?; Introduction to Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives; References; Contents; Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; References; A Historical and Philosophical Perspective on Probability; 1 Introduction and Sources; 2 From Divination to Combinatorial Multiplicity; 2.1 Early Origins in Divination and Religion; 2.2 Emergence of the Rule of Favourable to Possible: Combinatorial Multiplicity; De Méré's Problem; Division of Stakes
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Huygens, Bernoulli, and Bayes: The Art of Conjecturing3.1 Expectation and Probability; 3.2 Obstacles and Further Developments; Bayes' Formula and Inverse Probabilities; 4 Foundations and New Applications; 4.1 Classical Probability; 4.2 Continuous Distributions; 4.3 Axioms of Probability; 5 Modern Philosophical Views on Probability; Classical a Priori Theory (APT); Frequentist Theory (FQT); Subjectivist Theory (SJT); Commentary; 6 Concluding Comments; References; From Puzzles and Paradoxes to Concepts in Probability; 1 How Paradoxes Highlight Conceptual Conflicts; 2 Equal Likelihood
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Early Notions of ProbabilityP1: Problem of the Grand Duke of Tuscany; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P2: De Méré's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P3: Division of Stakes; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 2.2 Conceptual Developments in Probability; P4: D'Alembert's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3 Expectation; 3.1 Expectation and Probability; P5: St Petersburg Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3.2 Independence and Expectation; P6: Dependent Spinners; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P7: Dependent Coins; What is the Paradox?
    Description / Table of Contents: Further Ideas4 Relative Frequencies; P8: Library Problem; What is the Paradox?; P9: Bertrand's Chord; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5 Personal Probabilities; 5.1 Inverse Probabilities; P10: Bertrand's Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P11: Father Smith and Son; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5.2 Conflicts with Logic; P12: Intransitive Spinners; What is the Paradox?; P13: Blyth's Intransitive Spinners; P14: Reinhardt's Single Spinner; P15: Simpson's Paradox of Proportions; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 6 Central Ideas of Probability Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Independence and Random Samples6.2 Central Theorems; Bernoulli's Law of Large Numbers; Laplace's Central Limit Theorem; Central Limit Theorem of Poisson; 6.3 Standard Situations; Laplacean Experiments; Bernoulli Experiments; Poisson Process; Elementary Errors; Stochastic Processes; 6.4 Kolmogorov's Axiomatic Foundation of Probability; The Axioms; Distribution Functions; Probability Measures on Infinite-Dimensional Spaces; Lebesgue Integral; 7 Conclusions; References; Three Approaches for Modelling Situations with Randomness; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Three Different Approaches to Probability (Content Knowledge)
    Description / Table of Contents: SERIES PREFACE: Gabriele Kaiser and Bharath SriramanACKNOWLEDGEMENTS -- FOREWORD: Keith Devlin -- INTRODUCTION: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE I: MATHEMATICS AND PHILOSOPHY -- Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Egan Chernoff and Gale Russell -- I.I. A historical and philosophical perspective on probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.II. From puzzles and paradoxes to concepts in probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.III. Three approaches for modeling situation with randomness: Andreas Eichler and Markus Vogel -- I.IV. A modeling perspective on probability: Maxine Pfannkuch and Ilze Ziedins -- Commentary on Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Bharath Sriraman and Kyeong-Hwa Lee -- PERSPECTIVE II: PSYCHOLOGY -- Preface to Perspective II: Psychology : Wim van Dooren -- II.I. Statistical thinking: no child left behind: Björn Meder and Gerd Gigerenzer -- II.II. The A-B-C of probabilistic literacy: Laura Martignon -- II.III. Intuitive conceptions of probability and the development of basic math skills: Gary Brase, Sherri Martinie and Carlos Castillo-Garsow -- II.IV. Testing a model on probabilistic reasoning: Francesca Chiesi and Caterina Primi -- II.V. Revisiting the medical diagnosis problem: reconciling intuitive and analytical thinking: Lisser Rye Ejersbo and Uri Leron -- II.VI. Rethinking probability education: perceptual judgment as epistemic resource: Dor Abrahamson -- II.VII. Sticking to your guns: a flawed heuristic for probabilistic decision-making: Deborah Bennett -- II.VIII. Developing probabilistic thinking: what about peoples’ conceptions: Annie Savard -- Commentary I on Perspective II: Psychology : Brian Greer -- Commentary II on Perspective II: Psychology: Richard Lesh and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE III: STOCHASTICS -- Preface to Perspective III: Stochastics: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- III.I. Prospective primary school teachers’ perception of randomness: Carmen Batanero, Pedro Arteaga, Luis Serrano and Blanca Ruiz -- III.II. Challenges of developing coherent probabilistic reasoning: rethinking randomness and probability from a stochastic perspective: Luis Saldanha and Yan Liu -- III.III. “It is very, very random because it doesn’t happen very often”: examining learners’ discourse on randomness: Simin Jolafee, Rina Zazkis and Nathalie Sinclair -- III.IV. Developing a modelling approach to probability using computer-based simulations: Theodosia Prodromou -- III.V. Promoting statistical literacy through data modelling in the early school years: Lyn D. English -- III.VI. Learning Bayesian statistics in adulthood: Wolff-Michael Roth -- Commentary on Perspective III: Stochastics: Mike Shaughnessy -- PERSPECTIVE IV: MATHEMATICS EDUCATION -- Preface to Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- IV.I. A practitional perspective on probabilistic thinking models and frameworks: Edward S. Mooney, Cynthia Langrall and Joshua T. Hertel -- IV.II. Experimentation in probability teaching and learning: Per Nilsson -- IV.III. Investigating the dynamics of stochastic learning processes: Susanne Prediger and Susanne Schnell -- IV.IV. Counting as a foundation for learning to reason about probability: Carolyn A. Maher and Anoop Ahluwalia -- IV.V. Levels of probabilistic reasoning of high school students about binomial problems: Ernesto Sánchez and Pedro Rubén Landín -- IV.VI. Children’s construction of sample space with respect to the law of large numbers: Efi Paparistodemou -- IV.VII. Researching conditional probability problem solving: Pedro Huerta -- IV.VIII. Real life experiences as hindrance in probabilistic situations: Ami Mamolo and Rina Zazkis -- IV.IX. Influence of culture on high school students’ probabilistic thinking: Sashi Sharma -- IV.X. Primary school students’ attitudes to and beliefs about probability: Steven Nisbet and Anne Williams -- Commentary on Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Jane Watson -- COMMENTARY on Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- AUTHOR INDEX -- SUBJECT INDEX.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400776272
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 239 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Politics of anti-racism education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Antirassismus ; Erziehung
    Abstract: This collection of essays invites readers to think through critical questions concerning anti-racism education, such as: How does anti-racism education centre race as an analytic and simultaneously work with multiple sites of oppression, without reifying hierarchies of difference? How can anti-racism education be engaged to speak to historical questions of power and privilege, within conventional schooling practices? How do we recognize anti-racism education in its many iterations? In this book the authors explore the knowledge that constitutes anti-racism education and the ways in which knowledge constitutive of anti-racism education becomes embodied through particular pedagogues. The authors are anti-racism educators with experiences in diverse settings: the chapters cover various fields and socio-historic geographies, address contemporary educational issues, and are situated within personal-political, historical and philosophical conversations. Anti-racism education is a discursive stance and steeped in politics that shape and are shaped by everyday conversations, theories, and practices. The essays in this collection work through many of the possibilities and limitations of engaging in counter-hegemonic education for transformative learning. Readers will discover lived experiences, theory, practice and critical reflexivity
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction to the Politics of Anti-Racism Education: In Search of Strategies for Transformative Learning, George J. Sefa Dei and Mairi McDermottI. Intersectional Analyses: Rethinking Anti-Racism Education, Masculinity and the Politics of Sexuality -- 1. A Prism of Educational Research and Policy: Anti-Racism and Multiplex Oppressions, George J. Sefa Dei -- 2. Homonormativity Inside Out: Reading Race and Sexuality Into an LGBT Film Festival Opening Gala, David Pereira -- 3. Progressive Discipline, Regressive Education: The Systematic Exclusion of Black Youth In and Through Expulsion Programs, Camisha Sibblis -- II. Policy and Curriculum: Questions of Whiteness, Aboriginal Education, Indigeneity -- 4. Moving Towards an Anti-Racism Curriculum, Chrissy Michelle Deckers -- 5. ‘Aboriginal Education’ in Teacher Education Curriculum: Moving Beyond Cultural Inclusion? Susanne Waldorf -- 6. Indigenous Education in Colonizing Space: Reflections on the Law, Education, and Indigenous Rights in Chile, Ximena Martínez Trabucco -- III. Representations: The Media, Discursive Authority and Counter Narratives -- 7. ‘You Make Our Lives Better’: Education and the Detention of Tamil Refugee Children, Gillian Philipupillai -- 8. The Single Story of Somalia and Media Misrepresentations, Hodan Yosuf -- 9. Multiculturalism: The Missing Bodies and Voices, Ayla Raza -- 10. To Speak, Know, Live and Feel ‘Asian’: For an Anti-Racism Approach to the Study of Asians in North America, Kenneth Huynh -- IV. Autoethnography: On Coalition Building, Identity & Belonging, and Decolonization -- 11. Honoring Gaswentah: A Racialized Settler’s Exploration of Responsibility and Mutual Respect as Coalition Building with First Peoples, Min Kuar -- 12. International Schooling and the Colonized Mind, Alexandra Arráiz Matute -- 13. (Re)Turning Home: An Exploration in the (Re)Claiming of Identity and Belonging,Theresa Smith -- 14. Mo(ve)ments of Affect: Towards an Embodied Pedagogy for Anti-Racism Education, Mairi McDermott.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400746411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 338 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Dupont, Christian Phenomenology in French philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund, 1859-1938 ; Influence ; Philosophy, French ; 20th century ; Phenomenology ; Frankreich ; Phänomenologie ; Rezeption ; Geschichte 1889-1939
    Abstract: This work investigates the early encounters of French philosophers and religious thinkers with the phenomenological philosophy of Edmund Husserl. Following an introductory chapter addressing context and methodology, Chapter 2 argues that Henri Bergson’s insights into lived duration and intuition and Maurice Blondel’s genetic description of action functioned as essential precursors to the French reception of phenomenology. Chapter 3 details the presentations of Husserl and his followers by three successive pairs of French academic philosophers: Léon Noël and Victor Delbos, Lev Shestov and Jean Hering, and Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch. Chapter 4 then explores the appropriation of Bergsonian and Blondelian phenomenological insights by Catholic theologians Édouard Le Roy and Pierre Rousselot. Chapter 5 examines applications and critiques of phenomenology by French religious philosophers, including Jean Hering, Joseph Maréchal, and neo-Thomists like Jacques Maritain. A concluding chapter expounds the principal finding that philosophical and theological receptions of phenomenology in France prior to 1939 proceeded independently due to differences in how Bergson and Blondel were perceived by French philosophers and religious thinkers and their respective orientations to the Cartesian and Aristotelian/Thomist intellectual traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Occasion; 1.2 Contribution; 1.3 Methodology and Terminology; 1.3.1 Definition of Reception; 1.3.2 Definition of Phenomenology; 1.3.3 Definition of Religious Thought; 1.4 Plan; References; Chapter 2: Precursors to the Reception of Phenomenology in France, 1889-1909; 2.1 Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century; 2.1.1 Positivism; 2.1.2 Idealism; 2.1.2.1 Charles Renouvier; 2.1.2.2 Léon Brunschvicg; 2.1.3 Spiritualism; 2.1.3.1 Félix Ravaisson; 2.1.3.2 Jules Lachelier; 2.1.3.3 Émile Boutroux
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.4 Summary: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism, and Spiritualism2.2 Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition; 2.2.1 Bergson's Original Insight; 2.2.2 Bergson's Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition; 2.2.2.1 Duration; 2.2.2.2 Intuition; 2.2.3 Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology; 2.2.3.1 Similarities; 2.2.3.2 Differences; 2.2.3.3 Conclusions; 2.2.4 Bergson's Influence on French Theologians; 2.3 Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action; 2.3.1 Blondel's Original Insight; 2.3.2 Blondel's Principal Theme: Action
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.3 Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology2.3.3.1 Critique of Positivist Approaches to Science; 2.3.3.2 Phenomenological Themes: Intentionality, Intuition, and Intersubjectivity; 2.3.3.3 Conclusions; 2.3.4 Blondel's Influence on French Theologians; 2.4 Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France; References; Chapter 3: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.1 Léon Noël and Victor Delbos; 3.1.1 Léon Noël; 3.1.2 Victor Delbos; 3.1.3 Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Lev Shestov and Jean Hering3.2.1 Lev Shestov; 3.2.2 Jean Hering; 3.2.3 Shestov's Reply to Hering; 3.2.4 Hering's Rebuttal to Shestov; 3.2.5 Shestov and Hering as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.3 Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.1 Bernard Groethuysen; 3.3.2 Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France; 3.3.3 Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.3.1 Gurvitch on Husserl; 3.3.3.2 Gurvitch on Scheler; 3.3.3.3 Gurvitch on Lask and Hartmann; 3.3.3.4 Gurvitch on Heidegger; 3.3.4 Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.4 Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.1 Emmanuel Levinas3.4.1.1 On Husserl's Ideas; 3.4.1.2 Husserl's Theory of Intuition; 3.4.1.3 Heidegger's Ontology; 3.4.2 Jean-Paul Sartre; 3.4.3 Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.5 Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.5.1 Phase One: Awareness of Husserl as a Critic of Psychologism; 3.5.2 Phase Two: Polemics Over Ideas and the Logos Essay; 3.5.3 Phase Three: Popularization of Phenomenology; 3.5.4 Phase Four: Original French Appropriations of Phenomenology; 3.5.5 Other Figures, Further Aspects; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Receptions of Phenomenological Insights in French Religious Thought, 1901-1929
    Description / Table of Contents: ACKNOWLEDGMENTSINTRODUCTION -- I. The Occasion of the Dissertation -- II. The Contribution of the Dissertation -- III. Methodology and Terminology -- A. Definition of Reception -- B. Definition of Phenomenology -- C. Definition of Religious Thought -- IV. The Plan of the Dissertation -- CHAPTER 1 PRECURSORS TO THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRANCE, 1889-1909 -- I. Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century -- A. Positivism -- B. Idealism -- C Spiritualism -- D. Conclusion: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism and Spiritualism.-II. Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition -- A. Bergson’s Original Insight -- B. Bergson’s Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition -- C. Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Bergson’s Influence on French Theologians -- III. Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action -- A. Blondel’s Original Insight -- B. Blondel’s Principal Theme: Action -- C. Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Blondel’s Influence on French Theologians -- IV. Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France -- CHAPTER 2 FOUR PHASES IN THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH PHILOSOPHY, 1910-1939 -- I. Léon Noël and Victor Delbos -- A. Léon Noël -- B. Victor Delbos -- C. Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- II. Lev Shestov and Jean Héring -- A. Lev Shestov -- B. Jean Héring -- C. Shestov’s Reply to Héring -- D. Héring’s Rebuttal to Shestov -- E. Shestov and Héring as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- III. Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch -- A. Bernard Groethuysen -- B. Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France -- C. Georges Gurvitch -- D. Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of phenomenology -- IV. Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre -- A. Emmanuel Levinas -- B. Jean-Paul Sartre -- C. Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- V. Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939 -- CHAPTER 3 RECEPTIONS OF PHENOMENOLOGICAL INSIGHTS IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1901-1929 -- I. Édouard Le Roy -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Le Roy and Bergson -- C. Le Roy’s Application of Bergsonian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Le Roy’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- II. Pierre Rousselot -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Rousselot and Blondel -- C. Rousselot’s Application of Blondelian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Rousselot’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- CHAPTER 4 RECEPTIONS OF HUSSERLIAN PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1926-1939 -- I. Jean Héring -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Philosophy of Religion -- C. Héring’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- II. Gaston Rabeau -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and Theological Epistemology -- C. Rabeau’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- III. Joseph Maréchal -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Critical Justification of Metaphysics -- C. Maréchal’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- IV. Neo-Thomist Encounters with Phenomenology -- A. The Société Thomiste and the Journée d’Études -- B. Neo-Thomist Appraisals of Phenomenology V. Conclusion: Two Stages in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Religious Thought Prior to 1939 -- CONCLUSION -- I. Receptions of Phenomenology in French Academic Circles prior to 1939 -- II. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Philosophers -- III. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Religious Thinkers -- IV. French Receptions of Phenomenology since 1939 -- WORKS CITED.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769403
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 183 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and learning in a community of thinking
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: This book explores a new pedagogical model called The Third Model, which places the encounter between the child and the curriculum at the center of educational theory and practice. The Third Model is implemented in an alternative classroom called Community of Thinking. Teaching and learning in a Community of Thinking is based on three "stations": the fertile question; research; and concluding performance. The essence of a Community of Thinking is the formation of a group of students and teachers who grapple with a troubling question to which they do not know the answer at the outset - and sometimes even at the end of their investigation. The Community of Thinking framework is supported by a whole school model - the Intel-Lect School. The model, or parts of it, is currently implemented in schools in Israel, England, Australia, and New Zealand. The book suggests a new pedagogical narrative based on alternative "atomic pictures" of learning, teaching, knowledge, mind and the aim of education, and a systematic pedagogical practice based on this narrative.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; David PerkinsPreface -- Introduction -- Part One: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Context -- Part Two: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Theory -- Part Three: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Practice -- Appendix: An Inside Picture: Conversations with Teachers of Communities of Thinking -- References.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9789400772328
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 211 p. 16 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausgabe Clinical learning and teaching innovations in nursing
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Adult education
    Abstract: This book provides an in-depth insight into the Dedicated Education Units (DEU) clinical learning strategy. It shows how DEUs work and explains the concept, philosophy, principles, practical implementation and first-hand experiences of this ground-breaking, global work-integrated learning strategy. It presents the benefits of DEUs and offers insight into how DEUs can provide real options for solving the increasingly complex dilemma of providing more students with more experiences of hands-on practice while reducing costs and ensuring greater numbers of work ready graduates. The book serves as a reference for nurse student education and is particularly salient for those setting up a DEU. It can be used as a springboard for work-integrated learning innovations for all practice-based disciplines. Dedicated Education Units (DEU) provide a flexible clinical learning strategy with a focus on founding principles and adaptation to different clinical contexts rather than a concrete model for clinical learning. DEUs are essentially clinical environments in which students develop a sense of security to explore learning opportunities, knowing there are people present who will ensure they do not make intractable errors; people who will guide and support them to achieve optimal learning. Whilst developed initially for nurse education, DEUs can be adapted to other professional learning settings.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword/PrefaceIntroduction -- SECTION I -- 1. Dedicated Education Unit: the concept -- 2. The Dedicated Education Unit as a community of practice -- 3. SECTION II: STORYLINES I: DEUs IN PRACTICE -- 3. An ‘idea whose time had come’: The Flinders University School of Nursing DEU - an historical perspective -- 4. The Canberra DEU -- 5. An American experience: transition to the DEU Clinical Education Model -- 6. Dedicated Education Units: Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology and Canterbury District Health Board (CPIT/CDHB), New Zealand -- 7. Dedicated Educational Unit (DEU) - A Scandinavian Model -- 8. Telling it like it is - Various authors writing about personal experience of DEUs -- SECTION III -- 9. From conceptualisation to future expansion: keys to successful DEU implementation and sustainability -- Conclusion.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400775992
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 262 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Human rights and civil liberties in the 21st century
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Menschenrecht ; Freiheit ; Menschenrecht ; Bürgerrecht ; Europäischer Gerichtshof für Menschenrechte
    Abstract: This volume contributes to the on-going legal discussion on pressing procedural and substantial law issues in the ambit of international human rights and civil liberties. While the 20th century has seen the true awakening of human rights, the 21st century poses new challenges to this ever-unfolding area of law. Not only do international tribunals and quasi-tribunals worldwide and domestic US and European continental courts have to deal with increasing numbers of complaints and petitions from individuals and groups on a vast array of societal problems, the legal issues put to them are sometimes extremely difficult to resolve as they relate to very sensitive issues. This book examines issues ranging from the status of human rights under US law to the status of the ECHR in the broader context of international law. It looks at the role of positive obligations in the case law of the Strasbourg Court, as well the impact of its case-law on childbirth and push-back operation towards boat people, but also at the growing unwillingness of ECHR member states to cooperate with the Strasbourg Court. It explores the new frontiers in US Capital punishment litigation, the first case before the International Criminal Court and the legal effect of judgments of the European Court on third states
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Yves Haeck and Eva BremsInterpretation and Application of the European Convention on Human Rights in the Broader Context of International Law: Myth or Reality?; Cesare Pitea -- Universal Human Rights Law in the United States; Mortimer N.S. Sellers -- The Duty of Cooperation of the Respondent State during the Proceedings before the European Court of Human Rights; Helena De Vylder and Yves Haeck -- Protection by the Law: The Positive Obligation to Develop a Legal Framework to Adequately Protect ECHR Rights; Laurens Lavrysen -- The Adjudication Process and Reasoning at the International Criminal Court: the Lubanga Trial Chamber Judgment, Sentencing and Reparations; Susana SáCouto and Katherine Cleary -- Interim Measures before the Inter-American and African Human Rights Commissions - Strengths and Weaknesses; Clara Burbano-Herrera and Frans Viljoen -- The Law of the Sea and Human Rights in the Hirsi Jamaa and Others v. Italy Judgment of the European Court of Human Rights; Jasmine Coppens -- New Frontiers in American Capital Punishment Litigation; Eric M. Freedman -- The Impact of European Human Rights on Childbirth; Marlies Eggermont -- Res Interpretata: Legal Effect of the European Court of Human Rights’ Judgments for other States than those which were Party to the Proceedings; Adam Bodnar -- About the Authors.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400778788
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 163 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Population Studies
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Drolet, Julie L. Social protection and social development
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Human rights ; Climate change ; Sustainable development ; Social policy ; Social work ; Economics ; Climatic changes ; Sustainable development ; Social policy ; Social work ; Soziale Sicherheit ; Internationale Sozialpolitik
    Abstract: Background to the Social Protection Initiative -- International Instruments -- Definition of the Social Protection Floor -- Adaptive Social Protection -- Country Developments and Initiatives -- Appendices.
    Abstract: The Social Protection Floor Initiative promotes universal access to essential social transfers and services. Presently 80% of the global population does not enjoy a set of social guarantees that allows them to deal with life’s risks such as unemployment, ill health, and natural disasters. This book explores the importance and necessity of social protection, including key concepts, universal principles and human rights, the need for context-specific policies, the role of adaptive climate change, and country examples. Social protection refers to a set of essential transfers, services and facilities that all citizens everywhere should enjoy to ensure the realization of the rights embodied in human rights treaties. The Social Protection Floor aims to facilitate and accelerate the introduction or strengthening of sustainable context-specific social protection systems. Experiences from countries around the world that have implemented components of the Social Protection Floor provide evidence of its feasibility, affordability, and impact. The promise and success of social protection is important for transformative change, social inclusion, and alliance building, and raises critical questions about current neoliberal austerity measures. This book calls for a comprehensive, multi-dimensional, integrated and innovative policy mix that recognizes the interdependency between demographic shifts, employment, labour migration, social protection, economic development, and the environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Background to the Social Protection InitiativeInternational Instruments -- Definition of the Social Protection Floor -- Adaptive Social Protection -- Country Developments and Initiatives -- Appendices.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400779723
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 233 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dynamic ecologies
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Südostasien ; Sprache
    Abstract: This volume provides a fascinating glimpse into the complex language ecologies of Southeast Asia. Adopting a relational perspective, it considers their significance for the region, its peoples, the policy and practice of language teaching, learning and assessment and the fate of local languages. It gives particular prominence to the relationship between English and Chinese, its likely transformation at a time of significant global change and the impact that these two languages and their synergy will have on the place of other languages and dialects. Dynamic Ecologies: A Relational Perspective on Languages Education in the Asia-Pacific Region draws on the research and insights of key scholars in the field and provides case studies that illustrate the impact of relevant language policy in countries including Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, South Korea and Australia
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I The Changing Dynamics Between English Language and Mother Tongues in Asian Contexts1. Introduction: A Relational View of Language Learning -- 2. English as a Medium of Instruction in East and Southeast Asian Universities -- 3. Plurilithic and Ecological Perspectives on English: Some Conceptual and Practical Implications -- 4. Global English in Singapore? A Re-exploration of the Localization of English -- 5. Asia and Anglosphere: Public Symbolism and Language Policy in Australia -- 6. English as Lingua Franca on Campus: Cultural Integration or Segregation? -- 7. Socioeconomic Disparities and Early English Education: A Case in Changzhou, China -- 8. English in Malaysia: An Inheritance from the Past and the Challenge for the Future -- Part II Asian Languages in Australia: The Challenges of Teaching, Learning and Assessment -- 9. Recognising the Diversity of Learner Achievements in Learning Asian Languages in School Education Settings -- 10. Dealing with ‘Chinese fever’: The Challenge of Chinese Teaching in the Australian Classroom -- 11. The Teaching and Learning of Indonesian in Australia: Issues and Prospects -- 12. On Rocky Ground: Monolingual Educational Structures and Japanese Language Education in Australia -- 13. Making Chinese Learnable for Beginning Second Language Learners? -- Part III Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- 14. Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789401786690
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 215 p. 3 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Increasing psychological well-being in clinical and educational settings
    Keywords: Public health ; Medical research ; Child development ; Quality of life ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Early childhood education ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohlbefinden ; Lebensqualität ; Positive Psychotherapie ; Kulturvergleich ; Jugend ; Verhaltensstörung ; Positive Psychologie
    Abstract: This volume deals with strategies aimed at increasing psychological well-being in both clinical and non-clinical settings, with a special focus on the impact of cross-cultural influences on these processes. Consisting of two parts, the book first examines clinical interventions for increasing well-being and positive functioning in adult populations. It looks at cultural differences in the experience of psychological well-being, presents an analysis of the concept of psychological well-being and discusses various interventions, including Well-Being Therapy and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. Other concepts discussed are post-traumatic growth, wisdom and motivation. The second part of the book deals with psychological interventions in childhood and adolescence and has a strong emphasis on educational settings. It provides an overview of the main evidence-based psychotherapies for affective disorders in youths, and looks at the importance and impact of positive education, resilience, and hope. The book presents models for intervention and discusses several therapies in detail.
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordChapter 1. Culture and the Promotion of Well-Being in East and West; Carol D. Ryff, Gayle D. Love and Yuri Miyamoto -- Chapter 2. The Individualized and Cross-Cultural Roots of Well-Being Therapy; Chiara Ruini and Giovanni A. Fava -- Chapter 3. The Place of Psychological Well-Being in Cognitive Therapy; Andrew K. MacLeod and Olga Luzon -- Chapter 4. Posttraumatic Growth: Challenges from a Cross-Cultural Viewpoint; Carmelo Vázquez, Pau Pérez-Sales and Christian Ochoa -- Chapter 5. Promoting Resilience and Well-Being with Wisdom and Wisdom Therapy; Michael Linden -- Chapter 6. Increasing Psychological Well-Being through Hypnosis; Tharina Guse -- Chaper 7. The Role of Motivation in Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapy for Anxiety Disorders; Elizeth Heldt, Carolina Blaya and Gisele Gus Manfro -- Chapter 8. The Role of Psychological Well-Being in Childhood Interventions; Elisa Albieri and Dalila Visani -- Chapter 9. Well-Being and Resilience in School Settings; Toni Noble and Helen McGrath -- Chapter 10. Strength Based Resilience: Integrating Risk and Resources towards Holistic Well-Being; Tayyab Rashid, Afroze Anjum, Suzanna Stevanovski, Ron Chu, Anosha Zanjani and Alexandra Love -- Chapter 11. School Programs for Prevention of Mental Health Problems and the Promotion of Psychological Well-Being in Children; Dalila Visani, Elisa Albieri and Chiara Ruini -- Chapter 12. The Promotion of Hope in Children and Youth; Susana C. Marques and Shane J. Lopez -- Chapter 13. Life Satisfaction in Youth; Carmel Proctor and P. Alex Linley.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787093
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 237 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Bildungstheorie ; Exploration ; Experiment ; Weltbild
    Abstract: This book deals with contemporary epistemological questions, connecting Educational Philosophy with the field of Science- and Technology Studies. It can be understood as a draft of a general theory of world-disclosure, which is in its core a distinction between two forms of world-disclosure: experiment and exploration. These two forms have never been clearly distinguished before. The focus lies on the experimental form of world-disclosure, which is described in detail and in contrast to the explorational form along the line of twenty-one characteristics, which are mainly derived from empirical studies of experimental work in the field of natural sciences. It can also be understood as an attempt to integrate elements of the Anglo-Saxon Philosophy of Science with elements of the German tradition of Educational Philosophy. This is also reflected in the style of writing. In accordance to the content-level of the book, the argument for experimental forms of world-disclosure is written in an essayistic, readable style, which can be understood as an experimental form of writing. This book is a translation of the doctoral thesis 'Experiment und Exploration. Bildung als experimentelle Form der Welterschließung' (summa cum laude). The thesis was published in German in 2010 by Transcript (Bielefeld) in the series called 'Theorie Bilden', edited by Prof. Dr. Hannelore Faulstich-Wieland, Prof. Dr. Hans-Christoph Koller, Prof. Dr. Karl-Josef Pazzini and Prof. Dr. Michael Wimmer
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction1. The Subversion of Technology -- 2. The Disclosure of the World -- 3. The Form of the Experimental -- 4. The Subversion of Bildung -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789401788380
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXI, 244 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: This book conceptualizes the ‘lived spaces’ of infant and toddler early education and care settings by bringing together international authors researching within diverse theoretical frameworks. It highlights diverse ways of understanding the experiences of very young children by exposing the ways that the authors are grappling with the unknown. The work explores broadly the construct and meanings of ‘lived spaces’ as relational spaces, interactional spaces, transitional spaces, curriculum spaces, or pedagogical spaces operating within the social, physical and temporal environment of infant-toddler education settings. The book invites interchange between and among diverse theories and approaches, and through this build new understandings of infants’ and toddlers’ experiences and interactions in early education and care settings. It also considers the implications of this work for policy and practice in infant and toddler education and care.‘The strength of this manuscript is the international gathering of studies on infants and toddlers in ECEC, where the children are considered active participants and agents in their own lives.’ Camilla Björklund, Department of Education, Communication and Learning, University of Gothenburg, Sweden ‘The strongest aspect of the work is the confidence shown in each chapter. The book is a celebration of expertise from a variety of perspectives. It would be required reading for anyone with a special interest in young children.’ Jane Bone, Faculty of Education, Monash University, Frankston, Victoria, Australia
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordPrologue: Campus-Toddlers: Observations and Reflections from a "Window Ethnographer" -- 1. Introduction: Exploring Lived Spaces of Infant-Toddler Education and Care -- 2. Lived Spaces in a Toddler Group: Application of Lefebvre’s Spatial Triad -- 3. Making This My Space: Infants’ and Toddlers’ Use of Resources to Make a Day Care Setting Their Own -- 4. Babies in Space -- 5. Spending Time with Others: a Time-Use Diary for Infant-Toddler Child Care -- 6. The Birthday Cake: Social Relations and Professional Practices around Mealtimes with Toddlers in Child Care -- 7. Play spaces: Educators, Parents and Toddlers -- 8. Facilitating Intimate and Thoughtful Attention to Infants and Toddlers in Nursery -- 9. Developing 'Professional Love' in Early Childhood Settings -- 10. Observing Infants’ and Toddlers’ Relationships and Interactions in Group Care -- 11. Guided Participation and Communication Practices in Multilingual Toddler Groups -- 12. Infant Signs Reveal Infant Minds to Early Childhood Professionals -- 13. What Infants Talk About: Comparing Parents' and Educators' Insights -- 14. Expressing, Interpreting and Exchanging Perspectives during Infant-Toddler Social Interactions: The Significance of Acting with Others in Mind -- 15. Infants Initiating Encounters with Peers in Group Care Environments -- 16. A Dialogic Space in Early Childhood Education: Chronotopic Encounters with People, Places and Things -- 17. Lived Spaces of Infant-Toddler Education and Care: Implications for Policy? -- Appendix.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787802
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 191 p. 10 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 79
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Poincaré, philosopher of science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Differentiable dynamical systems ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Differentiable dynamical systems ; Poincaré, Henri 1854-1912 ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume presents a selection of papers from the Poincaré Project of the Center for the Philosophy of Science, University of Lisbon, bringing together an international group of scholars with new assessments of Henri Poincaré's philosophy of science-both its historical impact on the foundations of science and mathematics, and its relevance to contemporary philosophical inquiry. The work of Poincaré (1854-1912) extends over many fields within mathematics and mathematical physics. But his scientific work was inseparable from his groundbreaking philosophical reflections, and the scientific ferment in which he participated was inseparable from the philosophical controversies in which he played a pre-eminent part. The subsequent history of the mathematical sciences was profoundly influenced by Poincaré’s philosophical analyses of the relations between and among mathematics, logic, and physics, and, more generally, the relations between formal structures and the world of experience. The papers in this collection illuminate Poincaré’s place within his own historical context as well as the implications of his work for ours
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction; Robert DiSalle and María de Paz -- Part I Poincaré’s Philosophy of Science -- 1 Portrait of Henri Poincaré as a young philosopher: the formative years (1860-1873); Laurent Rollet -- 2 The Invention of Convention; Janet Folina -- 3 The third way epistemology: A re-characterization of Poincaré’s conventionalism; María de Paz -- 4 Poincaré, Indifferent Hypotheses and Metaphysics; Antonio Videira -- Part II Poincaré on the Foundations of Mathematics -- 5 Poincaré in Göttingen; Reinhard Kahle -- 6 Poincaré on the Principles of the Calculus; Augusto J. Franco de Oliveira -- 7 Does the French Connection (Poincaré, Lautman) provide some insights regarding the thesis that meta-mathematics is an exception to the slogan that mathematics concerns structures?; Gerhard Heinzmann.- Part III Poincaré on the Foundations of Physics -- 8 Henri Poincaré: The status of mechanical explanations and the foundations of statistical mechanics; João Príncipe -- 9 Poincaré: A scientist inspired by his philosophy; Isabella Serra -- 10 Poincaré on the construction of space-time; Robert DiSalle -- Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789401789028
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1383 p. 100 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International handbook of research in professional and practice-based learning
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Abstract: The International Handbook of Research in Professional and Practice-based Learning discusses what constitutes professionalism, examines the concepts and practices of professional and practice-based learning, including associated research traditions and educational provisions. It also explores professional learning in institutions of higher and vocational education as well the practice settings where professionals work and learn, focusing on both initial and ongoing development and how that learning is assessed. The Handbook features research from expert contributors in education, studies of the professions, and accounts of research methodologies from a range of informing disciplines. It is organized in two parts. The first part sets out conceptions of professionalism at work, how professions, work and learning can be understood, and examines the kinds of institutional practices organized for developing occupational capacities. The second part focuses on procedural issues associated with learning for and through professional practice, and how assessment of professional capacities might progress. The key premise of this Handbook is that during both initial and ongoing professional development, individual learning processes are influenced and shaped through their professional environment and practices. Moreover, in turn, the practice and processes of learning through practice are shaped by their development, all of which are required to be understood through a range of research orientations, methods and findings. This Handbook will appeal to academics working in fields of professional practice, including those who are concerned about developing these capacities in their students. In addition, students and research students will also find this Handbook a key reference resource to the field
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Members of Editorial Board; Reviewers of Contributions; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Volume 1 - Scientific and Institutional Framework; Volume 2 - Learning, Education and Assessment in and for the Professions; Part I: Professions and Professional Practice; Chapter 1: Professionalism, Profession and Professional Conduct: Towards a Basic Logical and Ethical Geography; 1.1 Diverse Senses of 'Profession' and 'Professional'; 1.2 Criteria of 'Profession' and/or Professionalism; 1.3 The Moral Basis of Profession and Normative Professionalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Extended and Restricted Professionalism1.5 Professional 'Phronesis'; References; Chapter 2: The Concept of Professionalism: Professional Work, Professional Practice and Learning; 2.1 Defining the Field and Clarifying Concepts; 2.2 Professionalism : History and Current Developments; 2.2.1 Early Phase: Professionalism as a Normative Value; 2.2.2 Critical Phase: Professionalism as Ideology; 2.2.3 Third Phase: Professionalism as a Discourse; 2.3 A New Professionalism? Changes and Continuities; 2.3.1 Consequence and Challenges; 2.3.2 Opportunities
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Policy Relevance, Assessment and EvaluationReferences; Chapter 3: Moral Aspects of Professions and Professional Practice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Moral Problems and Solutions in the Context of Professional Practice; 3.2.1 Moral Problems at Work; 3.2.2 A Taxonomy of Types of Situations; 3.2.3 A Neo-Kohlbergian Taxonomy of Moral Stages; 3.3 Moral Functioning and Situational Adjustment; 3.3.1 Situation-Specific Adaptation; 3.3.2 Inferences and the Explanation of Situational Differentiation and Adaptation; 3.3.3 The Moral Self and Moral Functioning
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Implications for Professional Practice and Vocational Education and TrainingReferences; Chapter 4: Professional Work and Knowledge; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Aims of the Chapter: Harmonising Multiple Views on Professional Knowledge to Illuminate Persistent Problems in Professional Education; 4.1.2 Structure of the Chapter; 4.2 Professional Work and Workplaces; 4.3 What Is Knowledge?; 4.3.1 Knowledge, Broadly Understood; 4.4 Public, Personal and Organisational Knowledge; 4.4.1 Public Knowledge; 4.4.2 Personal Knowledge; 4.4.3 Organisational Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Knowledge and Professional Action: Foundational Ideas4.5.1 Learning to Do and Learning to Understand; 4.5.2 Knowledge and Knowing; 4.5.3 Generic Thinking Skill and Professional Episteme; 4.6 Epistemic Fluency and Professional Knowledge: Tracing Four Epistemic Projects; 4.6.1 The Reflective-Rational Project: From Rational Knowledge to Reflective Practice to Rational Reflection; 4.6.2 The Reflective-Embodied Project: From Knowing to Being ; 4.6.3 The Relational Project: From Individualistic to Relational Expertise
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6.4 The Knowledge Building Project: From Practice as Knowledge Transfer to Knowing as Epistemic Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: (A) Acknowledgments(B) Introduction -- Section 1. Professions and the workplace -- (C) Section Introduction -- (1) David Carr, Professionalism, profession and professional conduct: Towards a basic logical and ethical geography -- (2) Julia Evetts, The concept of professionalism: Professional work, professional practice and learning -- (3) Gerhard Minnameier, Moral aspects of professions and professional practice -- (4) Lina Markauskaite & Peter Goodyear, Professional work and knowledge -- (5) Martin Mulder, Conceptions of professional competence -- (6) Silvia Gherardi & Manuela Perrotta, Becoming a practitioner: Professional learning as a social practice -- (7) Jim Hordern, Productive systems of professional formation -- Section 2. Research paradigms of work and learning -- (D) Section Introduction -- (8) Erno Lehtinen, Kai Hakkarainen & Tuire Palonen, Understanding learning for the professions: How theories of learning explain coping with rapid change -- (9) Laurent Filliettaz, Understanding learning for work: Contributions from discourse and interaction analysis -- (10) Paul Gibbs, Research paradigms of practice, work and learning -- (11) Gloria Dall'Alba & Jörgen Sandberg, A phenomenological perspective on researching work and learning -- (12) Mark Greenlee, The neuronal base of perceptual learning and skill acquisition -- (13) Eva Kyndt & Patrick Onghena, Hierarchical Linear Models for research on professional learning: Relevance and implications -- (14) Catherine Hasse, The anthropological paradigm of practice-based learning -- Section 3. Educational systems (learning for professions) -- (E) Section Introduction -- (15) Peter Sloane, Professional education between school and practice settings: The German dual system as an example -- (16) Bärbel Fürstenau, Matthias Pilz, & Philipp Gonon, The dual system of vocational education and training in Germany - what can be learnt about education for (other) professions -- (17) Madeleine Abrandt Dahlgren, Tone Dyrdal Solbrekke, Berit Karseth, & Sofia Nyström, From university to professional practice: Students as journeymen between cultures of education and work -- (18) Stephen Billett & Sarojni Choy, Integrating professional learning experiences across university and practice settings -- (19) Päivi Tynjälä & Jennifer M. Newton, Transitions to working life: securing professional competence -- (20) Elizabeth Katherine Molloy, Louise Greenstock, Patrick Fiddes, Catriona Fraser, & Peter Brooks, Interprofessional education in the health workplace -- (21) Tim Dornan & Pim W. Teunissen, Medical education -- (22) Ming Fai Pang, A phenomenographic way of seeing and developing professional learning -- (23) Monika Nerland & Karen Jensen, Changing cultures of knowledge and professional learning -- Section 4. Professional learning and education (learning in professions) -- (F) Section Introduction -- (24) Anneli Eteläpelto, Katja Vähäsantanen, Päivi Hökkä, & Susanna Paloniemi, Identity and agency in professional learning -- (25) Jan Breckwoldt, Hans Gruber, & Andreas Wittmann, Simulation learning -- (26) Christian Harteis & Johannes Bauer, Learning from errors at work -- (27) Stephen Billett & Raymond Smith, Learning in the circumstances of professional practice -- (28) Geoffrey Gowlland, Apprenticeship as a model for learning in and through professional practice -- (29) Britta Herbig & Andreas Müller, Implicit knowledge and work performance -- (30) Eugene Sadler-Smith, Intuition in professional and practice-based learning -- (31) Bente Elkjaer & Ulrik Brandi, An organisational perspective on professionals' learning -- (32) Morten Sommer, Professional learning in the ambulance service -- (33) Stephen Billett, Mimetic learning at work: Learning through and across professional working lives -- Section 5. Implementing and supporting professional learning -- (G) Section Introduction -- (34) Anton Havnes & Jens-Christian Smeby, Professional development and the professions -- (35) P. Robert-Jan Simons & Manon C. P. Ruijters, The real professional is a learning professional -- (36) Filip Dochy, David Gijbels, Elisabeth Raes, & Eva Kyndt, Team learning in education and professional organisations -- (37) Victoria Marsick, Andrew K. Shiotani, & Martha A. Gephart, Teams, communities of practice, and knowledge networks as locations for learning professional practice -- (38) Rob F. Poell & Ferd J. van der Krogt, The role of Human Resource Development in organizational change: Professional development strategies of employees, managers and HRD practicioners -- (39) Lillian Turner de Tormes Eby, B. Lindsay Brown, & Kerrin George, Mentoring as a strategy for facilitating learning: Protégé and mentor perspectives -- (40) James Avis & Kevin Orr, The new professionalism: An exploration of vocational education and training teachers -- (41) Tarja Irene Tikkanen & Stephen Billett, Older professionals, learning and practice -- (42) Per-Erik Elleström & Per Nilsen, Promoting practice-based innovation through learning at work -- (43) Allison Littlejohn & Anoush Margaryan, Technology enhanced professional learning -- Section 6. Evaluating and assessing professional learning -- (H) Section Introduction -- (44) Thomas R. Guskey, Evaluating professional learning -- (45) Dineke E. H. Tigelaar & Cees P. M. van der Vleuten, Assessment of professional competence.-  (46) Tara J. Fenwick, Assessment of professional learning in practice -- (47) Patrick Griffin, Esther Care, Judith Crigan, Pamela Robertson, Zhonghua Zhang, & Alejandra Arratia-Martinez, The influence of evidence-based decisions by collaborative teacher teams on student achievement -- (48) Frank Achtenhagen & Esther Winter, Large-scale assessment of vocational education and training.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9789400770096
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 454 p. 149 illus., 106 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book deals with uncertainty and graphing in scientific discovery work from a social practice perspective. It is based on a 5-year ethnographic study in an advanced experimental biology laboratory. The book shows how, in discovery work where scientists do not initially know what to make of graphs, there is a great deal of uncertainty and scientists struggle in trying to make sense of what to make of graphs. Contrary to the belief that scientists have no problem “interpreting” graphs, the chapters in this book make clear that uncertainty about their research object is tied to uncertainty of the graphs. It may take scientists several years of struggle in their workplace before they find out just what their graphs are evidence of. Graphs turn out to stand to the entire research in a part/whole relation, where scientists not only need to be highly familiar with the context from which their data are extracted but also with the entire process by means of which the natural world comes to be transformed and represented in the graph. This has considerable implications for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics education at the secondary and tertiary level, as well as in vocational training. This book discusses and elaborates these implications
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefacePART A: INTRODUCTION -- 1. Toward a Dynamic Theory of Graphing -- PART B: GRAPHING IN A DISCOVERY SCIENCE -- 2. Radical Uncertainty in/of the Discovery Sciences -- 3. Uncertainties in/of Data Generation -- 4. Coping with Variability -- 5. Undoing Decontextualization -- 6. On Contradictions in Data Interpretation -- 7. A Scientific Revolution that Was Not -- 8. Some Lessons from Discovery Science -- PART C: RETHEORIZING GRAPHING -- 9. Graphing*-in-the-Making -- 10. Graphing in, for, and as Societal Relation -- PART D: UNCERTAINTY AND GRAPHING IN STEM EDUCATION -- 11. Uncertainty, Inquiry, Bricolage.-12. Data and Graphing in STEM Education -- PART D: EPILOGUE -- 13. Discovery Science and Authentic Learning -- Appendix -- References -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788694
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 238 p. 36 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englisch ; Weltsprache ; Sprachkontakt ; Sprachvariante ; Englischunterricht
    Abstract: The English language has always existed alongside other languages. However, the last 200 years have shown a dramatic increase in the range, extent and context of contact between English and other languages. As a result of this contact, we find marked variations in Englishes around the world. Englishes in Multilingual Contexts: Language Variation and Education explores how these variations relate to issues in English language teaching and learning. The first part of this book includes chapters of importance in studying English language variation in the context of education. The second part builds on an understanding of variation and identifies pedagogical possibilities that respect language variation and yet empower English language learners in diverse contexts. Together, the chapters in this volume allow readers to develop a broad understanding around issues of language variation and to recognise pedagogical implications of this work in multilingual contexts. “This book provides a rich collation of material dealing with the implications of dialect variation for the teaching of the English language, as well as the use of genre-based teaching in the classroom. Many students and teachers who are keen to know about issues that arise with different varieties of English around the world will find the book exceptionally informative, and furthermore the practical advice for developing genre-based teaching will be valued by many trainee and practicing teachers.” David Deterding, University of Brunei, Darussalam, Brunei
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: IntroductionSection 1: Issues of Language Variation in Education. Chapter 2: Integrating Language Variation into TESOL: Challenges from English Globalization -- Chapter 3: Classroom Encounters with Caribbean Creole English: Language, Identities and Pedagogy -- Chapter 4: Global Identities or Local Stigma Markers: How Equal is the 'E' in Englishes in Cameroon? -- Chapter 5: Accent and Ethics: Issues that Merit Attention -- Chapter 6: Forensic Linguistics and Pedagogical Implications in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 7: Teaching the Expanding Universe of Englishes -- Section 2: Pedagogical applications. Chapter 8: Dynamic Approach to Language Proficiency -- Chapter 9: Modelling and Mentoring: The Yin and Yang of Teaching and Learning from Home Through School -- Chapter 10: Supporting Students in the Move from Spoken to Written Language -- Chapter 11: Applying Systemic Functional Linguistics to Build Educators’ Knowledge of Academic English for the Teaching of Writing -- Chapter 12: "Welcome to the Real World” or English Reloaded: A European Perspective -- Chapter 13: Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 14: From Model to Practice: Language Variation in Education.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788519
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 413 p. 124 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Music ; Performing arts ; Education ; Education ; Music ; Performing arts
    Abstract: This volume brings together a group of leading international researchers and practitioners in voice pedagogy alongside emerging academics and practitioners. Encompassing research across voice science and pedagogy, this innovative collection transcends genre boundaries and provides new knowledge about vocal styles and approaches from classical and musical theatre to contemporary commercial music. The work is sure to be valuable in tertiary institutions, schools and community music associations, suitable for use by private studio teachers, and will appeal to choral leaders and music educators interested in vocal pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Prelude: Positioning Singing Pedagogy in the 21st CenturyPART I: OVERVIEW 2. Singing Pedagogy in the 21st Century: A Look Toward the Future -- 3. Habits of the Mind, Hand and Heart: Approaches to Classical Singing Training -- 4. Teaching Popular Music Styles -- 5. A Brief Overview of Approaches to Teaching the Music Theatre Song -- PART II: SINGING, THE BODY AND THE MIND 6. Vocal Health and Singing Pedagogy: Considerations from Biology and Motor Learning -- 7. The Role of the Speech and Language Therapist - Speech Pathologist - in the Modern Singing Studio -- 8. The Extra-Normal Voice: EVT in Singing -- 9. Registers Defined through Visual Feedback -- 10. Body Mapping: Enhancing Voice Performance through Somatic Pedagogy -- 11. Vocal Pedagogy and the Feldenkrais Method -- 12. Perception, Evaluation and Communication of Singing Voices -- 13. The Teacher-Student Relationship in One-to-one Singing Lessons: An Investigation of Personality and Adult Attachment -- 14. Negotiating an ‘Opera Singer Identity' -- PART III: APPROACHES TO STYLE 15. Style and Ornamentation in Classical and Bel Canto Arias -- 16. Handel and the Voice Practitioner: Perspectives on Performance Practice and Higher Education Pedagogy -- 17. Contemporary Vocal Artistry in Popular Culture Musics: Perceptions, Observations and Lived Experiences -- 18. Pathways for Teaching Vocal Jazz Improvisation -- 19. Voice in Worship: The Contemporary Worship Singer -- 20. Take my Hand: Teaching the Gospel Singer in the Applied Voice Studio -- PART IV: THE TRAINING GROUND 21. The Conservatorium Environment: Reflections on the Tertiary Vocal Setting Past and Present -- 22. More Than Just Style: A Profile of Professional Contemporary Gig Singers -- 23. Developing a Tertiary Course in Music Theatre -- 24. Training the Singing Researcher -- POSTLUDE 25. The Future of Singing Pedagogy.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788106
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 223 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Global perspectives on subsidiarity
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Public law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Public law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Subsidiaritätsprinzip ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: Global Perspectives on Subsidiarity is the first book of its kind exclusively devoted to the principle of subsidiarity. It sheds new light on the principle and explores and develops the many applications of the principle of subsidiarity. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the principle in all its facets, from its philosophical origins in the writings of Aristotle and Aquinas, to its development in Catholic social doctrine, and its emergence as a key principle in European Union Law. This book explores the relationship between subsidiarity and concepts such as sphere sovereignty and social pluralism. It analyses subsidiarity in light of globalisation, federalism, democracy, individual rights and welfare, and discusses subsidiarity and the Australian, Brazilian and German Constitutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographical Details1. The Global Relevance of Subsidiarity: An Overview; Michelle Evans and Augusto Zimmermann -- 2. Subsidiarity in the Writings of Aristotle and Aquinas; Nicholas Aroney -- 3. Subsidiarity in Catholic Social Theory; Patrick McKinley Brennan -- 4. The Relationship Between Subsidiarity and Sphere Sovereignty; Lael Daniel Weinberger -- 5. Subsidiarity and Social Pluralism; Jonathan Chaplin.- 6. Subsidiarity, Democracy and Individual Rights in Brazil; Augusto Zimmermann.- 7. Can Subsidiarity Reform the Modern Welfare State?; The Rev Robert A Sirico.- 8. Subsidiarity and the German Constitution; Jürgen Bröhmer.- 9. Subsidiarity as Judicial and Legislative Review Principles in the European Union; Gabriël A Moens and John Trone.- 10. Subsidiarity and Federalism: A Case Study of the Australian Constitution and its Interpretation; Michelle Evans.- 11. Subsidiarity and the Global Order; Andreas Follesdal.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776548
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 2532 p. 86 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International handbook of research in history, philosophy and science teaching
    Keywords: Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This inaugural handbook documents the distinctive research field that utilizes history and philosophy in investigation of theoretical, curricular and pedagogical issues in the teaching of science and mathematics. It is contributed to by 130 researchers from 30 countries; it provides a logically structured, fully referenced guide to the ways in which science and mathematics education is, informed by the history and philosophy of these disciplines, as well as by the philosophy of education more generally. The first handbook to cover the field, it lays down a much-needed marker of progress to date and provides a platform for informed and coherent future analysis and research of the subject. The publication comes at a time of heightened worldwide concern over the standard of science and mathematics education, attended by fierce debate over how best to reform curricula and enliven student engagement in the subjects There is a growing recognition among educators and policy makers that the learning of science must dovetail with learning about science; this handbook is uniquely positioned as a locus for the discussion. The handbook features sections on pedagogical, theoretical, national, and biographical research, setting the literature of each tradition in its historical context. Each chapter engages in an assessment of the strengths and weakness of the research addressed, and suggests potentially fruitful avenues of future research. A key element of the handbook’s broader analytical framework is its identification and examination of unnoticed philosophical assumptions in science and mathematics research. It reminds readers at a crucial juncture that there has been a long and rich tradition of historical and philosophical engagements with science and mathematics teaching, and that lessons can be learnt from these engagements for the resolution of current theoretical, curricular and pedagogical questions that face teachers and administrators
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The History, Purpose and Content of the Springer International Handbook of Research in History, Philosophy and Science Teaching ; 1.1 The International History, Philosophy and Science Teaching Group; 1.2 Science & Education Journal; 1.3 The Handbook Project; 1.4 Handbook Structure; 1.4.1 Pedagogical Studies; 1.4.2 Theoretical Studies; 1.4.3 Regional Studies; 1.4.4 Biographical Studies; 1.5 Writing and Communication; Part I: Pedagogical Studies: Physics; Chapter 2: Pendulum Motion: A Case Study in How History and Philosophy Can Contribute to Science Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Galileo's Pendulum Analysis; 2.3 Galileo's Methodological Innovation; 2.4 Galileo, Experimentation and Measurement; 2.5 Contemporary Reproductions of Galileo's Experiments; 2.6 The Pendulum and Timekeeping; 2.7 The Pendulum in Newton's Mechanics; 2.7.1 The Demonstration of Newton's Laws; 2.7.2 Unifying Terrestrial and Celestial Mechanics; 2.8 Huygens' Proposal of an International Standard of Length; 2.9 The Pendulum and Determining the Shape of the Earth; 2.10 The Testing of Scientific Theories; 2.11 Some Social and Cultural Impacts of Timekeeping
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.11.1 Solving the Longitude Problem2.11.2 A Clockwork Society; 2.11.3 A Clockwork Universe and Its Maker; 2.11.4 Foucault's Pendulum Makes Visible the Earth's Rotation; 2.12 The Pendulum in the Classroom; 2.13 The Pendulum and Textbooks; 2.14 The Pendulum and Recent US Science Education Reform Proposals; 2.14.1 Scope, Sequence and Coordination; 2.14.2 Project 2061; 2.14.3 The US National Standards; 2.14.4 America's Lab Report; 2.14.5 The Next Generation Science Standards; 2.15 The International Pendulum Project; 2.16 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Using History to Teach Mechanics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 A Brief History of Mechanics from Aristotle to Newton and Beyond; 3.2.1 Aristotle; 3.2.2 Projectile Motion; 3.2.3 Free Fall; 3.2.4 Forced Motion; 3.2.5 Circular Motion; 3.2.6 Impact; 3.2.7 Pendulum Motion; 3.2.8 Isaac Newton; 3.2.9 Beyond Newton; 3.3 History of Mechanics and the Nature of Science; 3.3.1 Some Issues in the History of Mechanics; 3.3.1.1 Force; 3.3.1.2 Inertial Mass; 3.3.1.3 Mathematics; 3.3.2 Some Philosophical Issues; 3.3.2.1 Meaning Matters; 3.3.2.2 Idealisation in Mechanics; 3.3.2.3 Empiricism Versus Realism in Mechanics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 The Role of Observation and Experiment3.3.3 Frontier Science; 3.3.4 Mechanics and Technology; 3.4 History of Mechanics and Student Conceptions; 3.5 Some Historical Resources for Teaching Mechanics; 3.5.1 Explanations and Illustrations; 3.5.2 Thought Experiments; 3.5.2.1 Galileo and the Speed of Falling Bodies; 3.5.2.2 Stevin and the Inclined Plane; 3.5.3 Experiments, Instruments and Technological Devices; 3.5.3.1 The Inclined Plane Experiment; 3.5.3.2 The Parabolic Path of Trajectories and the Law of Free Fall; 3.5.3.3 Newton's Colliding Pendulums
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.4 Anecdotes, Vignettes and Stories
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION, MICHAEL R. MATTHEWSPart I: PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES -- Physics -- MICHAEL R. MATTHEWS, Pendulum Motion: A Case Study in How History and Philosophy can Contribute to Science Education -- COLIN F. GAULD, Using History to Teach Mechanics -- IGAL GALILI , Teaching Optics: A Historico-Philosophical Perspective -- JENARO GUISASOLA, Teaching and Learning Electricity: The Relations between Macroscopic Level Observations and Microscopic Level Theories -- OLIVIA LEVRINI, The Role of History and Philosophy in Research on Teaching and Learning of Relativity -- ILEANA M. GRECA & OLIVAL FREIRE Jr, Meeting the Challenge: Quantum Physics in Introductory Physics Courses -- MANUEL BÄCHTOLD & MURIEL GUEDJ, Teaching Energy Informed by the History and Epistemology of the Concept with Implications for Teacher Education -- UGO BESSON, Teaching about Thermal Phenomena and Thermodynamics: The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science -- Chemistry -- SIBEL ERDURAN & EBRU MUGALOGLU, Philosophy of Chemistry in Chemical Education: Recent Trends and Future Directions -- KEVIN C. DE BERG, The Place of the History of Chemistry in the Teaching and Learning of Chemistry -- JOSÉ ANTONIO CHAMIZO & ANDONI GARRITZ, Historical Teaching of Atomic and Molecular Structure -- Biology -- KOSTAS KAMPOURAKIS & ROSS NEHM, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Evolution: Students' Conceptions and Explanations -- ROSS NEHM & KOSTAS KAMPOURAKIS, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Macroevolution -- NIKLAS M. GERICKE & MIKE U. SMITH, 21st Century Genetics and Genomics: Contributions of HPS -Informed Research and Pedagogy -- CHARBEL N. EL-HANI, ANA MARIA R. DE ALMEIDA, GILBERTO C. BOMFIM, LEYLA M. JOAQUIM, JOÃO CARLOS M. MAGALHÃES, LIA M. N. MEYER, MAIANA A. PITOMBO & VANESSA C. DOS SANTOS, The Contribution of History  and Philosophy to the Problem of Hybrid Views about Genes in Genetics Teaching -- Ecology -- AGELIKI LEFKADITI, KOSTAS KORFIATIS, & TASOS HOVARDAS, Contextualizing the Teaching and Learning of Ecology: Historical and Philosophical Considerations -- Earth Sciences -- GLENN DOLPHIN & JEFF DODICK, Teaching Controversies in Earth Science: The Role of History and Philosophy of Science -- Astronomy -- HORACIO TIGNANELLI  & YANN BENÉTREAU-DUPIN, Perspectives of History and Philosophy on Teaching Astronomy   -- Cosmology -- HELGE KRAGH, The Science of the Universe: Cosmology and Science Education -- Mathematics -- MICHAEL N. FRIED, History of Mathematics in Mathematics Education -- STUART ROWLANDS, Philosophy and the Secondary School Mathematics Classroom -- EDUARD GLAS, A Role for Quasi-Empiricism in Mathematics Education -- KATHLEEN MICHELLE CLARK, History of Mathematics in Teacher Education -- JUDITH V. GRABINER, The Role of Mathematics in Liberal Arts Education -- TINNE HOFF KJELDSEN & JESSICA CARTER, The Role of History and Philosophy in University Mathematics Education -- UFFE THOMAS JANKVIST, Use of Primary Sources in the Teaching and Learning of Mathematics -- Part II: THEORETICAL STUDIES -- (a) Features of Science and Education -- DEREK HODSON, Nature of Science in the Science Curriculum: Origin, Development and Shifting Emphases -- NORMAN G. LEDERMAN, STEPHEN A. BARTOS & JUDITH S. LEDERMAN, The Development, Use, and Interpretation of Nature of Science Assessments -- GÜROL IRZIK & ROBERT NOLA, New Directions for Nature of Science Research -- PETER SLEZAK, Constructivism in Science Education -- JIM MACKENZIE, RON GOOD & JAMES ROBERT BROWN, Postmodernism and Science Education: An Appraisal -- ANA C. COULÓ, Philosophical Dimensions of Social and Ethical Issues in School Science Education: Values in Science and in Science Classrooms -- GÁBOR ZEMPLÉN & GÁBOR KUTROVÁTZ, Social Studies of Science and Science Teaching -- ISMO KOPONEN & SUVI TALA, Generative Modeling in Physics and in Physics Education: From Aspects of Research Practices to Suggestions for Education -- CYNTHIA PASSMORE, JULIA SVOBODA GOUVEA & RONALD GIERE, Models in Science and in Learning Science: Focusing Scientific Practice on Sense-making  -- ZOUBEIDA R. DAGHER & SIBEL ERDURAN, Laws and Explanations in Biology and Chemistry: Philosophical Perspectives and Educational Implications -- MERVI A ASIKAINEN & PEKKA E HIRVONEN, Thought Experiments in Science and in Science Education -- (b) Teaching, Learning and Understanding Science -- ROLAND M SCHULZ, Philosophy of Education and Science Education: An Underdeveloped but Vital Relationship -- STEPHEN P. NORRIS, LINDA M. PHILLIPS & DAVID P. BURNS, Conceptions of Scientific Literacy: Identifying and Evaluating their Programmatic Elements -- BRIAN DUNST & ALEX LEVINE, Conceptual Change:  Analogies Great and Small, and the Quest for Coherence -- GREGORY J. KELLY, Inquiry Teaching and Learning: Philosophical Considerations -- WENDY SHERMAN HECKLER, Research on Student Learning in Science: A Wittgensteinian Perspective -- MANSOOR NIAZ / Science Textbooks: The Role of History and Philosophy of Science -- AGUSTÍN ADÚRIZ-BRAVO, Revisiting School Scientific Argumentation from the Perspective of the History and Philosophy of Science -- PETER HEERING & DIETMAR HÖTTECKE, Historical-Investigative Approaches in Science Teaching -- STEPHEN KLASSEN & CATHRINE FROESE KLASSEN, Science Teaching with Historically Based Stories: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives -- TIM SPROD, Philosophical Inquiry and Critical Thinking in Primary and Secondary Science Education -- ANASTASIA FILIPPOUPOLITI & DIMITRIS KOLIOPOULOS, Informal and Non-formal Education: History of Science in Museums -- (c) Science, Culture and Society -- MICHAEL R. MATTHEWS, Science, Worldviews and Education -- MICHAEL J. REISS, What Significance does Christianity have for Science Education? -- TANER EDIS & SAOUMA BOUJAOUDE, Rejecting Materialism: Responses to Modern Science in the Muslim Middle East -- SUNDAR SARUKKAI, Indian Experiences with Science: Considerations for History, Philosophy and Science Education -- JEFF DODICK & RAPHAEL SHUCHAT, Historical Interactions between Judaism and Science and their Influence on Science Teaching and Learning -- KAI HORSTHEMKE & LARRY YORE, Challenges of Multiculturalism in Science Education: Indigenisation, Internationalisation, and Transkulturalität -- MARTIN MAHNER, Science, Religion, and Naturalism: Metaphysical and Methodological Incompatibilities -- (d) Science Education Research -- KEITH S TABER, Methodological Issues in Science Education Research: A Perspective from the Philosophy of Science -- VELI-MATTI VESTERINEN, MARÍA ANTONIA MANASSERO-MAS & ÁNGEL VÁZQUEZ-ALONSO, History and Philosophy of Science and Science, Technology and Society Traditions in Science Education: Their Continuities and Discontinuities -- CHRISTINE L. MCCARTHY, Cultural Studies in Science Education: Philosophical Considerations -- KATHRYN M. OLESKO, Science Education in the Historical Study of the Sciences -- Part 111: REGIONAL STUDIES -- WILLIAM F. MCCOMAS, Nature of Science in the Science Curriculum and in Teacher Education Programmes in the United States -- DON METZ, The History and Philosophy of Science in Science Curricula and Teacher Education in Canada -- JOHN L. TAYLOR & ANDREW HUNT, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Science in England -- LIBORIO DIBATTISTA & FRANCESCA MORGESE, Incorporation of History and Philosophy of Science and Nature of Science Content in School and Teacher Education Programmes in Europe -- JOSIP SLISKO & ZALKIDA HADZIBEGOVIC, History in Bosnia and Herzegovina Physics Textbooks for Primary School - Historical Accuracy and Cognitive Adequacy -- SIU LING WONG, ZHI HONG WAN & KA LOK CHENG, One Country Two Systems: Nature of Science (NOS) Education in Mainland China and Hong Kong -- JINWOONG SONG & YONG JAE JOUNG, Trends in History and Philosophy of  Science and Nature of Science Research in Korean Science Education -- YUKO MURAKAMI & MANABU SUMIDA, History and Philosophy of Science and Nature of Science Research in Japan: A Historical Overview -- ANA BARAHONA, ANDONI GARRITZ, JOSÉ ANTONIO CHAMIZO & JOSIP SLISKO, The History and Philosophy of Science and Science Teaching in Mexico -- ROBERTO DE ANDRADE MARTINS, CIBELLE CELESTINO SILVA, & MARIA ELICE BRZEZINSKI PRESTES, History and Philosophy of Science in Science Education, in Brazil -- IRENE ARRIASSECQ & ALCIRA RIVAROSA, Science Teaching and Research in Argentina: The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science -- Part 1V: BIOGRAPHICAL STUDIES -- HAYO SIEMSEN, Ernst Mach: A Genetic Introduction to His Educational Theory and Pedagogy -- WILLIAM H. BROCK & EDGAR W. JENKINS, Frederick W. Westaway and Science Education: An Endless Quest -- EDGAR W. JENKINS, E. J. Holmyard (1891-1959) and the Historical Approach to Science Teaching -- JAMES SCOTT JOHNSTON, John Dewey and Science Education -- GEORGE DEBOER, Joseph Schwab: His Work and His Legacy.
    Note: Includes indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789401791595
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 225 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Curriculumreform ; Fremdsprachenunterricht
    Abstract: This volume addresses critical challenges and issues facing foreign language departments in colleges and universities across the U.S. It presents the insights of individuals who have built or are in the process of building foreign language curricula during a major transition period in postsecondary institutions. The authors of this volume come from various language departments and institutional experience from across the U. S., including private and public postsecondary foreign language teachers, researchers and administrators. The chapters address issues and provide templates for curricular change at all learning levels. The five sections of this book explore: Changing Perceptions about Foreign Language Learning; The Case for a Multi-literacy FL Curriculum in Concept and Assessment Praxis; Curricular Transformations: Historical Hurdles and Faculty Heuristics; Rethinking the Graduate Curriculum; Foreign Languages' Integration into the Interdisciplinary University. “This thought-provoking and timely volume addresses the question of how historic and current disciplinary, institutional and political conditions affect curricular transformation in collegiate foreign language programs. Responding to the issues raised in the 2007 MLA Report, this collection of nine essays presents a diversity of curricular models and approaches from different theoretical perspectives focusing on the integration of language and content. The book will undoubtedly be of great interest to a broad audience, such as foreign language educators, curriculum designers, administrators, graduate students, and researchers.” Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Yale College, CT, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsIntroduction: On Language and Content: The Stakes of Curricular Transformation in Collegiate Foreign Language Education -- PART I Contexts: Drivers for Curricular Change -- 1. From Language to Literacy: The Evolving Concepts of Foreign Language Teaching at American Colleges and Universities since 1945 -- 2. The Discourse of Foreignness in U.S. Language Education -- PART II Insights: Making Curricular Transformation Work -- 3. Curricular Integration and Faculty Development: Teaching Language-Based Content across the Foreign Language Curriculum -- 4. Program Sustainability through Interdisciplinary Networking: On Connecting Foreign Language Programs with Sustainability Studies and Other Fields -- 5. Are Global, International and Foreign Language Studies Connected? -- 6. Integrating Business and Foreign Languages: The Lauder Institute and Advanced Language Education -- PART III Outlook: Strategies Facilitating a Curricular Transformation for Multi literacies -- 7. Mapping New Classrooms in Literacy-Oriented Foreign Language Teaching and Learning: The Role of the Reading Experience -- 8. Foreign Language Teaching Assistant Professional Development: Challenges and Strategies Meeting the 2007 MLA Report Call’s for Change -- 9. Discipline, Institution and Assessment: The Graduate Curriculum, Credibility and Accountability.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...